]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
a74454a7 | 1 | |
2 | ||
3 | ||
4 | ||
5 | ||
6 | ||
7 | Network Working Group R. Bergman | |
8 | Request for Comments: 3805 Hitachi Printing Solutions | |
9 | Obsoletes: 1759 H. Lewis | |
10 | Category: Standards Track IBM Corporation | |
11 | I. McDonald | |
12 | High North Inc. | |
13 | June 2004 | |
14 | ||
15 | ||
16 | Printer MIB v2 | |
17 | ||
18 | Status of this Memo | |
19 | ||
20 | This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the | |
21 | Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for | |
22 | improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet | |
23 | Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state | |
24 | and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited. | |
25 | ||
26 | Copyright Notice | |
27 | ||
28 | Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). | |
29 | ||
30 | Abstract | |
31 | ||
32 | This document provides definitions of models and manageable objects | |
33 | for printing environments. The objects included in this MIB apply to | |
34 | physical, as well as logical entities within a printing device. This | |
35 | document obsoletes RFC 1759. | |
36 | ||
37 | ||
38 | ||
39 | ||
40 | ||
41 | ||
42 | ||
43 | ||
44 | ||
45 | ||
46 | ||
47 | ||
48 | ||
49 | ||
50 | ||
51 | ||
52 | ||
53 | ||
54 | ||
55 | ||
56 | ||
57 | ||
58 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 1] | |
59 | \f | |
60 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
61 | ||
62 | ||
63 | Table of Contents | |
64 | ||
65 | 1. Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 | |
66 | 1.1. Network Printing Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 | |
67 | 1.2. Printer Device Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 | |
68 | 1.3. Categories of Printer Information . . . . . . . . . . . 6 | |
69 | 1.3.1. Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 | |
70 | 1.3.2. Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 | |
71 | 1.3.3. Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 | |
72 | 1.4. The Internet-Standard Management Framework. . . . . . . 7 | |
73 | 1.5. Requirement Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 | |
74 | 2. Printer Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 | |
75 | 2.1. Overview of the Printer Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 | |
76 | 2.2. Printer Sub-Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 | |
77 | 2.2.1. General Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 | |
78 | 2.2.1.1. International Considerations. . . . . 10 | |
79 | 2.2.2. Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 | |
80 | 2.2.3. Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | |
81 | 2.2.4. Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | |
82 | 2.2.5. Finishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | |
83 | 2.2.6. Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 | |
84 | 2.2.7. Media Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 | |
85 | 2.2.8. System Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 | |
86 | 2.2.9. Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 | |
87 | 2.2.10. Print Job Delivery Channels . . . . . . . . . . 14 | |
88 | 2.2.11. Interpreters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 | |
89 | 2.2.12. Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 | |
90 | 2.2.13. Alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 | |
91 | 2.2.13.1. Status and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . 16 | |
92 | 2.2.13.2. Overall Printer Status. . . . . . . . 16 | |
93 | 2.2.13.2.1. Host Resources MIB | |
94 | Printer Status. . . . . . 18 | |
95 | 2.2.13.2.2. Sub-unit Status . . . . . 20 | |
96 | 2.2.13.3. Alert Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 | |
97 | 2.2.13.4. Alert Table Management. . . . . . . . 21 | |
98 | 2.3. Read-Write Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 | |
99 | 2.4. Enumerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 | |
100 | 2.4.1. Registering Additional Enumerated Values. . . . 25 | |
101 | 3. Groups from other MIB Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 | |
102 | 3.1. System Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 | |
103 | 3.2. System Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 | |
104 | 3.3. Interface Group objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 | |
105 | 3.3.1. Interface Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 | |
106 | 4. Differences from RFC 1759 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 | |
107 | 5. The IANA Printer MIB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 | |
108 | 6. The Printer MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 | |
109 | -- Textual conventions for this MIB module. . . . . . . . . . 59 | |
110 | -- The General Printer Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 | |
111 | ||
112 | ||
113 | ||
114 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 2] | |
115 | \f | |
116 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
117 | ||
118 | ||
119 | -- The Responsible Party group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 | |
120 | -- The Auxiliary Sheet Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 | |
121 | -- Administrative section (The General V2 Group) . . . . . . 74 | |
122 | -- General alert table section (Alert Table V2 Group). . . . 74 | |
123 | -- The Cover Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 | |
124 | -- The Localization Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 | |
125 | -- The System Resources Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 | |
126 | -- The Input Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 | |
127 | -- The Extended Input Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 | |
128 | -- The Input Media Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 | |
129 | -- The Input Switching Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 | |
130 | -- The Output Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 | |
131 | -- The Extended Output Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 | |
132 | -- The Output Dimensions Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 | |
133 | -- The Output Features Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 | |
134 | -- The Marker Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 | |
135 | -- The Marker Supplies Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 | |
136 | -- The Marker Colorant Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 | |
137 | -- The Media Path Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 | |
138 | -- The Print Job Delivery Channel Group . . . . . . . . . . . 113 | |
139 | -- The Interpreter Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 | |
140 | -- The Console Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 | |
141 | -- The Alerts Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 | |
142 | -- Conformance Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 | |
143 | 7. IANA Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 | |
144 | 8. Internationalization Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 | |
145 | 9. Security Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 | |
146 | 10. References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 | |
147 | 10.1. Normative References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 | |
148 | 10.2. Informative References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 | |
149 | Appendix A - Glossary of Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 | |
150 | Appendix B - Media Size Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 | |
151 | Appendix C - Media Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 | |
152 | Appendix D - Roles of Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 | |
153 | Appendix E - Overall Printer Status Table . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 | |
154 | Appendix F - Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 | |
155 | Significant Contributors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 | |
156 | Authors' Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 | |
157 | Full Copyright Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 | |
158 | ||
159 | ||
160 | ||
161 | ||
162 | ||
163 | ||
164 | ||
165 | ||
166 | ||
167 | ||
168 | ||
169 | ||
170 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 3] | |
171 | \f | |
172 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
173 | ||
174 | ||
175 | 1. Introduction | |
176 | ||
177 | 1.1. Network Printing Environment | |
178 | ||
179 | The management of producing a printed document, in any computer | |
180 | environment, is a complex subject. Basically, the task can be | |
181 | divided into two overlapping pieces, the management of printing and | |
182 | the management of the printer. Printing encompasses the entire | |
183 | process of producing a printed document from generation of the file | |
184 | to be printed, selection of a printer, choosing printing properties, | |
185 | routing, queuing, resource management, scheduling, and final printing | |
186 | including notifying the user. Most of the printing process is | |
187 | outside the scope of the model presented here; only the management of | |
188 | the printer is covered. | |
189 | ||
190 | ||
191 | ||
192 | ||
193 | ||
194 | ||
195 | ||
196 | ||
197 | ||
198 | ||
199 | ||
200 | ||
201 | ||
202 | ||
203 | ||
204 | ||
205 | ||
206 | ||
207 | ||
208 | ||
209 | ||
210 | ||
211 | ||
212 | ||
213 | ||
214 | ||
215 | ||
216 | ||
217 | ||
218 | ||
219 | ||
220 | ||
221 | ||
222 | ||
223 | ||
224 | ||
225 | ||
226 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 4] | |
227 | \f | |
228 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
229 | ||
230 | ||
231 | Figure 1 - One Printer's View of the Network | |
232 | ||
233 | system printer asset user user user | |
234 | manager operator manager | |
235 | O O O O O O | |
236 | /|\ /|\ /|\ /|\ /|\ /|\ | |
237 | / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \ | |
238 | | | | | | | | |
239 | +---------+ +-------+ +-------+ +-------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
240 | |configur-| |printer| | asset | |printer| | user | | user | | |
241 | |ator | |manager| |manager| |browser| |application| |application| | |
242 | +---------+ +-------+ +-------+ +-------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
243 | ^ ^ ^ ^ | | | |
244 | |R/W |R/W |R |R +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
245 | | | | | | spooler | | spooler | | |
246 | | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
247 | | | | | | | | |
248 | | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
249 | | | | | |supervisor | |supervisor | | |
250 | | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
251 | | | | | ^ ^ ^ ^ | |
252 | | | | | |R |R/W |R |R/W | |
253 | v v | | | | | | | |
254 | ================================================== | ===== | | |
255 | | print| print| | |
256 | |SNMP data| data| | |
257 | +-----+ +-------+ PCL| PCL| | |
258 | | MIB |<------>| agent | PostScript| PostScript| | |
259 | +-----+ +-------+ NPAP| NPAP| | |
260 | |unspecified etc.| etc.| | |
261 | +=============+ +-----------------+ | | | |
262 | | |--|channel/interface|<--+ | | |
263 | | | +-----------------+ | | |
264 | | PRINTER | | | |
265 | | | +-----------------+ | | |
266 | | |--|channel/interface|<----------------+ | |
267 | +=============+ +-----------------+ | |
268 | ||
269 | ||
270 | ||
271 | ||
272 | ||
273 | ||
274 | ||
275 | ||
276 | ||
277 | ||
278 | ||
279 | ||
280 | ||
281 | ||
282 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 5] | |
283 | \f | |
284 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
285 | ||
286 | ||
287 | 1.2. Printer Device Overview | |
288 | ||
289 | A printer is the physical device that takes media from an input | |
290 | source, produces marks on that media according to some page | |
291 | description or page control language and puts the result in some | |
292 | output destination, possibly with finishing applied. Printers are | |
293 | complex devices that consume supplies, produce waste and may have | |
294 | mechanical problems. In the management of the physical device the | |
295 | description, status and alert information concerning the printer and | |
296 | its various subparts has to be made available to the management | |
297 | application so that it can be reported to the end user, key operators | |
298 | for the replenishment of supplies or the repair or maintenance of the | |
299 | device. The information needed in the management of the physical | |
300 | printer and the management of a printing job overlap highly and many | |
301 | of the tasks in each management area require the same or similar | |
302 | information. | |
303 | ||
304 | 1.3. Categories of Printer Information | |
305 | ||
306 | Information about printers is classified into three basic categories: | |
307 | descriptions, status and alerts. | |
308 | ||
309 | 1.3.1. Descriptions | |
310 | ||
311 | Descriptions convey information about the configuration and | |
312 | capabilities of the printer and its various sub-units. This | |
313 | information is largely static information and does not generally | |
314 | change during the operation of the system but may change as the | |
315 | printer is repaired, reconfigured or upgraded. The descriptions are | |
316 | one part of the visible state of the printer where state means the | |
317 | condition of being of the printer at any point in time. | |
318 | ||
319 | 1.3.2. Status | |
320 | ||
321 | Status is the information regarding the current operating state of | |
322 | the printer and its various sub-units. As an example of the use of | |
323 | status, a management application must be able to determine if the | |
324 | various sub-units are ready to print or are in some state that | |
325 | prevents printing or may prevent printing in the future. | |
326 | ||
327 | 1.3.3. Alerts | |
328 | ||
329 | An Alert is the representation of a reportable event in the printer. | |
330 | An event is a change in the state of the printer. Some of those | |
331 | state changes are of interest to a management application and are | |
332 | therefore reportable. Typically, these are the events that affect | |
333 | the printer's ability to print. Alerts usually occur asynchronously | |
334 | to the operation of the computer system(s) to which the printer is | |
335 | ||
336 | ||
337 | ||
338 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 6] | |
339 | \f | |
340 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
341 | ||
342 | ||
343 | attached. For convenience below, "alert" will be used for both the | |
344 | event caused by a change in the printer's state and for the | |
345 | representation of that event. | |
346 | ||
347 | Alerts can be classified into two basic categories, critical and non- | |
348 | critical. A critical alert is one that is triggered by entry into a | |
349 | state in which the printer is stopped and printing can not continue | |
350 | until the condition that caused the critical alert is eliminated. | |
351 | "Out of paper", "toner empty" and "output bin full" are examples of | |
352 | critical alerts. Non-critical alerts are triggered by those events | |
353 | that enter a state in which printing is not stopped. Such a non- | |
354 | critical state may, at some future time, lead to a state in which | |
355 | printing may be stopped. Examples of these kinds of non-critical | |
356 | alerts are "input media low", "toner low" and "output bin nearly | |
357 | full". Or, a non-critical alert may simply provide information, such | |
358 | as signaling a configuration changed in the printer. | |
359 | ||
360 | Description, status and alert information about the printer can be | |
361 | thought of as a database describing the printer. The management | |
362 | application for a printer will want to view the printer data base | |
363 | differently depending on how and for what purposes the information in | |
364 | the database is needed. | |
365 | ||
366 | 1.4. The Internet-Standard Management Framework | |
367 | ||
368 | For a detailed overview of the documents that describe the current | |
369 | Internet-Standard Management Framework, please refer to section 7 of | |
370 | RFC 3410 [RFC3410]. | |
371 | ||
372 | Managed objects are accessed via a virtual information store, termed | |
373 | the Management Information Base or MIB. MIB objects are generally | |
374 | accessed through the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). | |
375 | Objects in the MIB are defined using the mechanisms defined in the | |
376 | Structure of Management Information (SMI). This memo specifies a MIB | |
377 | module that is compliant to the SMIv2, which is described in STD 58, | |
378 | RFC 2578 [RFC2578], STD 58, RFC 2579 [RFC2579] and STD 58, RFC 2580 | |
379 | [RFC2580]. | |
380 | ||
381 | 1.5. Requirement Levels | |
382 | ||
383 | The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", | |
384 | "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this | |
385 | document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119]. | |
386 | ||
387 | Compliant implementations must follow this specification. | |
388 | ||
389 | ||
390 | ||
391 | ||
392 | ||
393 | ||
394 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 7] | |
395 | \f | |
396 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
397 | ||
398 | ||
399 | 2. Printer Model | |
400 | ||
401 | In order to accomplish the management of the printer, an abstract | |
402 | model of the printer is needed to represent the sub-units from which | |
403 | the printer is composed. A printer can be described as consisting of | |
404 | 13 types of sub-units. It is important to note that the sub-units of | |
405 | a printer do not necessarily relate directly to any physically | |
406 | identifiable mechanism. Sub-units can also be a set of definable | |
407 | logical processes, such as interpreters for page description | |
408 | languages or command processors that set various operating modes of | |
409 | the printer. | |
410 | ||
411 | Figure 2 shows a block diagram of the printer and its basic 13 sub- | |
412 | units. | |
413 | ||
414 | ||
415 | ||
416 | ||
417 | ||
418 | ||
419 | ||
420 | ||
421 | ||
422 | ||
423 | ||
424 | ||
425 | ||
426 | ||
427 | ||
428 | ||
429 | ||
430 | ||
431 | ||
432 | ||
433 | ||
434 | ||
435 | ||
436 | ||
437 | ||
438 | ||
439 | ||
440 | ||
441 | ||
442 | ||
443 | ||
444 | ||
445 | ||
446 | ||
447 | ||
448 | ||
449 | ||
450 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 8] | |
451 | \f | |
452 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
453 | ||
454 | ||
455 | Figure 2 - Printer Block Diagram | |
456 | ||
457 | Physical Connections | |
458 | | | |
459 | +-----------+ | |
460 | | | | |
461 | +-------------+ | | |
462 | | Interface |-+ | |
463 | | MIB-II | | |
464 | +-------------+ | |
465 | | | |
466 | +-----------+ | |
467 | | | | |
468 | +-------------+ | +-----------+ | |
469 | | Channel |-+ | Operator | | |
470 | | | | Console | | |
471 | +-------------+ +-----------+ | |
472 | | | |
473 | +-----------+ +---------+ | |
474 | | | | | | |
475 | +-----------+ +-------------+ | +-----------+ | | |
476 | | General | | Interpreter |-+ | Alerts |-+ | |
477 | | Printer | | | | | | |
478 | +-----------+ +-------------+ +-----------+ | |
479 | | | |
480 | +-------------------------------+ | |
481 | | System Controller | | |
482 | | HOST-RESOURCES-MIB | | |
483 | +-------------------------------+ | |
484 | ||
485 | +------+ +--------+ +--------+ | |
486 | | | | | | | | |
487 | +-------+ | +-------+ +---------+ | +-------+ +--------+ | | |
488 | | Input |-+ +--------+| | Marker |-+ +--------+| | Output |-+ | |
489 | | |===>| |+<==>| |<==>| |+==>| | | |
490 | +-------+ +--+ +--+ +---------+ +--+ +--+ +--------+ | |
491 | \ | || | || \ | |
492 | \ | || | || \ | |
493 | \ | || | || \ | |
494 | +--------+ | |+-------------------------| || +---------+ | |
495 | | | | +--------------------------+ || | | | |
496 | +----------+ | | Media Path |+ +----------+ | | |
497 | | Media |-+ +--------------------------------+ | Finisher |-+ | |
498 | |(optional)| |(optional)| | |
499 | +----------+ +----------+ | |
500 | ||
501 | ||
502 | ||
503 | ||
504 | ||
505 | ||
506 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 9] | |
507 | \f | |
508 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
509 | ||
510 | ||
511 | 2.1. Overview of the Printer Model | |
512 | ||
513 | The model has three basic parts: (1) the flow of a print file into an | |
514 | interpreter and onto the marker, (2) the flow of media through the | |
515 | marker and (3) the auxiliary sub-units that control and facilitate | |
516 | the two prior flows. The flow of the print data comes through a | |
517 | physical connection on which some form of transport protocol stack is | |
518 | running. The data provided by the transport protocol (interface) | |
519 | appears on a channel, which is the input to an interpreter. The | |
520 | interpreter converts the print data into a form suitable for marking | |
521 | on the media. | |
522 | ||
523 | The media resides in Input sub-units from which the media is selected | |
524 | and then transported via a Media Path first to a Marking sub-unit and | |
525 | then onto an Output sub-unit with (optionally) some finishing | |
526 | operations being performed. The auxiliary sub-units facilitate | |
527 | control of the printer, inquiry/control of the operator panel, | |
528 | reporting of alerts and the adaptation of the printer to various | |
529 | natural languages and characters sets. All the software sub-units | |
530 | run on the System Controller that represents the processor, memory | |
531 | and storage systems of the Printer. Each of the sub-units is | |
532 | discussed in more detail below. | |
533 | ||
534 | All of the sub-units other than the Alerts report only state | |
535 | information, either a description or a status. The Alerts sub-unit | |
536 | reports event information. | |
537 | ||
538 | 2.2. Printer Sub-Units | |
539 | ||
540 | A printer is composed of 13 types of sub-units, called groups. The | |
541 | following sections describe the different types of sub-units. | |
542 | ||
543 | 2.2.1. General Printer | |
544 | ||
545 | The general printer sub-unit is responsible for the overall control | |
546 | and status of the printer. There is exactly one general printer sub- | |
547 | unit in a printer. The General Printer Group in the model represents | |
548 | the general printer sub-unit. In addition to the providing the | |
549 | status of the whole printer and allowing the printer to be reset, | |
550 | this Group provides information on the status of the packaging of the | |
551 | printer, in particular, the covers. The general printer sub-unit is | |
552 | usually implemented on the system controller. | |
553 | ||
554 | 2.2.1.1. International Considerations | |
555 | ||
556 | The localization portion of the general printer sub-unit is | |
557 | responsible for identifying the natural language, country, and | |
558 | character set in which certain character strings are expressed in | |
559 | ||
560 | ||
561 | ||
562 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 10] | |
563 | \f | |
564 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
565 | ||
566 | ||
567 | this MIB. Character sets are identified in this MIB using the | |
568 | IANACharset textual convention imported from the IANA Character Set | |
569 | MIB [CHARMIB]. | |
570 | ||
571 | There may be one or more localizations supported per printer. The | |
572 | available localizations are specified in the Localization table. | |
573 | Localization SHOULD only be performed on string objects which are | |
574 | named 'xxxDescription' (sub-unit descriptions) or | |
575 | 'prtConsoleDisplayBufferText' (local console text). | |
576 | ||
577 | The agent SHALL return all other character strings in coded character | |
578 | sets in which code positions 0-127 (decimal) are US-ASCII [ASCII]. | |
579 | The agent SHOULD return all other character strings in the UTF-8 | |
580 | [RFC3629] transform of ISO 10646 [ISO10646], to conform with the IETF | |
581 | Policy on Character Sets and Languages [RFC2277]. Control codes | |
582 | (code positions 0-31 and 127 decimal) SHALL NOT be used unless | |
583 | specifically required in the DESCRIPTION of an object. | |
584 | ||
585 | The character set portion of the general printer Localization table | |
586 | is responsible for identifying the possible character sets for the | |
587 | operator console, and network management requests for display | |
588 | objects. There may be one or more character sets per printer. | |
589 | Default coded character sets for interpreter unit and output octets | |
590 | are described in the interpreter sub-unit by | |
591 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn and prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut. | |
592 | These input/output character sets may be overridden by commands in | |
593 | the interpreter language itself. | |
594 | ||
595 | 2.2.2. Inputs | |
596 | ||
597 | Input sub-units are mechanisms that feed media to be marked on into | |
598 | the printer. A printer contains one or more input sub-units. The | |
599 | Input Group in the model represents these. The model does not | |
600 | distinguish fixed input bins from removable trays, except to report | |
601 | when a removable tray has been removed. | |
602 | ||
603 | There are as many input sub-units as there are distinctly selectable | |
604 | input "addresses". For example, if one tray has both a manual and | |
605 | auto feeding option, then this is two input sub-units if these two | |
606 | sources can be (must be) separately selected. However, the above | |
607 | would be considered one input sub-unit if putting a sheet in the | |
608 | manual feed slot overrides feeding from the contents of the tray. In | |
609 | the second case there is no way to separately select or address the | |
610 | manual feed slot. | |
611 | ||
612 | ||
613 | ||
614 | ||
615 | ||
616 | ||
617 | ||
618 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 11] | |
619 | \f | |
620 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
621 | ||
622 | ||
623 | 2.2.3. Media | |
624 | ||
625 | An input sub-unit can hold one or more instances of the media on | |
626 | which marking is to be done. Typically, there is a large set of | |
627 | possible media that can be associated with an input. The Media Group | |
628 | is an extension of the Input Group, which represents media in an | |
629 | input sub-unit. The Media Group only describes the current contents | |
630 | of each input and not the possible content of the input sub-unit. | |
631 | ||
632 | 2.2.4. Outputs | |
633 | ||
634 | Output sub-units are mechanisms that receive media that has been | |
635 | marked on. The Output Group in the model represents the one or more | |
636 | output mechanisms contained by a printer. The model does not | |
637 | distinguish fixed output bins from removable output bins, except to | |
638 | report when a removable bin has been removed. | |
639 | ||
640 | There are as many output sub-units as there are distinctly selectable | |
641 | output "addresses". Output sub-units can be addressed in two | |
642 | different ways: (1) as a set of "mailboxes" which are addressed by a | |
643 | specific mailbox selector such as a bin number or a bin name, or (2) | |
644 | as a set of "slots" into which multiple copies are collated. | |
645 | Sometimes both modes of using the output sub-units can be used on the | |
646 | same printer. All that is important from the viewpoint of the model | |
647 | is that the output units can be separately selected. | |
648 | ||
649 | 2.2.5. Finishers | |
650 | ||
651 | A finisher is a sub-unit that performs some operations on the media | |
652 | other than marking. The Finisher Group in the model represents the | |
653 | finisher sub-units. Some examples of finishing processes are | |
654 | stapling, punching, binding, inserting, or folding. Finishing | |
655 | processes may have supplies associated with the process. Stapling, | |
656 | binding, and punching are examples of processes that have supplies. | |
657 | A printer may have more than one finishing sub-unit and each | |
658 | finishing sub-unit may be associated with one or more output sub- | |
659 | units. Finishers are described in the companion Finisher MIB | |
660 | [RFC3806]. | |
661 | ||
662 | The model does not specify the exact interaction and sequencing | |
663 | between an output device and its associated finisher. It depends on | |
664 | the type of finishing process and the exact implementation of the | |
665 | printer system. This standard allows for the logical association of | |
666 | a finishing process with an output device but does not put any | |
667 | restrictions on the exact sequence or interaction with the associated | |
668 | output device. The output and finisher sub-units may or may not be | |
669 | separate identifiable physical mechanisms depending on the exact | |
670 | ||
671 | ||
672 | ||
673 | ||
674 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 12] | |
675 | \f | |
676 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
677 | ||
678 | ||
679 | implementation of a printer. In addition, a single output device may | |
680 | be associated with multiple finishing sub-units and a single | |
681 | finishing sub-unit may be associated with multiple output devices. | |
682 | ||
683 | 2.2.6. Markers | |
684 | ||
685 | A marker is the mechanism that produces marks on the print media. | |
686 | The Marker Group in the model represents the marker sub-units and | |
687 | their associated supplies. A printer can contain one or more marking | |
688 | mechanisms. Some examples of multiple marker sub-units are a printer | |
689 | with separate markers for normal and magnetic ink or an image setter | |
690 | that can output to both a proofing device and final film. Each | |
691 | marking device can have its own set of characteristics associated | |
692 | with it, such as marking technology and resolution. | |
693 | ||
694 | In this model the marker sub-unit is viewed as very generalized and | |
695 | encompasses all aspects of a marking process. For example, in a | |
696 | xerographic process, the marking process as well as the fusing | |
697 | process would be included in the generalized concept of the marker. | |
698 | With the generalized concept of a marking process, the concept of | |
699 | multiple marking supplies associated with a single marking sub-unit | |
700 | results. For example, in the xerographic process, there is not only | |
701 | a supply of toner, but there can also be other supplies such as a | |
702 | fuser supply (e.g., fuser oil) that can be consumed and replaced | |
703 | separately. In addition there can be multiple supplies of toner for | |
704 | a single marker device, as in a color process. | |
705 | ||
706 | 2.2.7. Media Paths | |
707 | ||
708 | The media paths encompass the mechanisms in the printer that move the | |
709 | media through the printer and connect all other media related sub- | |
710 | units: inputs, outputs, markers and finishers. A printer contains | |
711 | one or more media paths. The Media Path Group in the model | |
712 | represents these. The Media Path group has some objects that apply | |
713 | to all paths plus a table of the separate media paths. | |
714 | ||
715 | In general, the design of the media paths determines the maximum | |
716 | speed of the printer as well as the maximum media size that the | |
717 | printer can handle. Media paths are complex mechanisms and can | |
718 | contain many different identifiable sub-mechanisms such as media | |
719 | movement devices, media buffers, duplex units and interlocks. Not | |
720 | all of the various sub-mechanisms reside on every media path. For | |
721 | example, one media path may provide printing only on one surface of | |
722 | the media (a simplex path) and another media path may have a sub- | |
723 | mechanism that turns the media over and feeds it a second time | |
724 | through the marker sub-unit (a duplex path). The duplex path may | |
725 | ||
726 | ||
727 | ||
728 | ||
729 | ||
730 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 13] | |
731 | \f | |
732 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
733 | ||
734 | ||
735 | even have a buffer sub-mechanism that allows multiple copies of the | |
736 | obverse side to be held before the reverse side of all the copies is | |
737 | marked. | |
738 | ||
739 | 2.2.8. System Controller | |
740 | ||
741 | The System Controller is the sub-unit upon which the software | |
742 | components of the Printer run. The Host Resources MIB [RFC2790] | |
743 | represents the System Controller in the model. The Host Resources | |
744 | MIB allows for the specification of the processor(s), memory, disk | |
745 | storage, file system and other underlying sub-mechanisms of the | |
746 | printer. The controller can range from simple single processor | |
747 | systems to multiprocessor systems. In addition, controllers can have | |
748 | a full range of resources such as hard disks. The printer is modeled | |
749 | to have one system controller even though it may have more than one | |
750 | processor and multiple other resources associated with it. | |
751 | ||
752 | 2.2.9. Interfaces | |
753 | ||
754 | An interface is the communications port and associated protocols that | |
755 | are responsible for the transport of data to the printer. A printer | |
756 | has one or more interface sub-units. The interfaces are represented | |
757 | by the Interfaces Group of MIB-II [RFC1213], [RFC2863]. Some | |
758 | examples of interfaces are serial ports (with little or no protocol) | |
759 | and Ethernet ports on which one might run Internet IP, Novell IPX, | |
760 | etc. | |
761 | ||
762 | 2.2.10. Print Job Delivery Channels | |
763 | ||
764 | The print job delivery channel sub-units identify the independent | |
765 | sources of print data (here print data is the information that is | |
766 | used to construct printed pages and may have both data and control | |
767 | aspects). A printer may have one or more channels. The channel sub- | |
768 | units are represented by the Print Job Delivery Channel Group in the | |
769 | Model. The electronic path typically identifies each channel and | |
770 | service protocol used to deliver print data to the printer. A | |
771 | channel sub-unit may be independently enabled (allowing print data to | |
772 | flow) or disabled (stopping the flow of print data). It has a | |
773 | current Control Language that can be used to specify which | |
774 | interpreter is to be used for the print data and to query and change | |
775 | environment variables used by the interpreters (and SNMP). There is | |
776 | also a default interpreter that is to be used if an interpreter is | |
777 | not explicitly specified using the Control Language. Print Job | |
778 | Delivery Channel sub-units can, and usually are, based on an | |
779 | underlying interface. | |
780 | ||
781 | ||
782 | ||
783 | ||
784 | ||
785 | ||
786 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 14] | |
787 | \f | |
788 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
789 | ||
790 | ||
791 | 2.2.11. Interpreters | |
792 | ||
793 | The interpreter sub-units are responsible for the conversion of a | |
794 | description of intended print instances into images that are to be | |
795 | marked on the media. A printer may have one or more interpreters. | |
796 | The Interpreter Group in the Model represents the interpreter sub- | |
797 | units. Each interpreter is generally implemented with software | |
798 | running on the System Controller sub-unit. The Interpreter Table has | |
799 | one entry per interpreter where the interpreters include both Page | |
800 | Description Language (PDL) Interpreters and Control Language | |
801 | Interpreters. | |
802 | ||
803 | 2.2.12. Console | |
804 | ||
805 | Many printers have a console on the printer, the operator console | |
806 | that is used to display and modify the state of the printer. The | |
807 | console can be as simple as a few indicators and switches or as | |
808 | complicated as full screen displays and keyboards. There can be at | |
809 | most one such console. The Console Group in the model represents | |
810 | this console sub-unit. Although most of the information displayed | |
811 | there is also available in the state of the printer as represented by | |
812 | the various Groups, it is useful to be able to query and modify the | |
813 | operator console remotely. For example, a management application | |
814 | might like to display to its user the current message on the operator | |
815 | console of the remote printer or the management application user | |
816 | might like to modify the current message on the operators console of | |
817 | the remote printer. As another example, one might have a remote | |
818 | application that puts up a pseudo console on a workstation screen. | |
819 | Since the rules by which the printer state is mapped onto the console | |
820 | and vice versa are not standardized, it is not possible to reproduce | |
821 | the console state or the action of console buttons and menus. | |
822 | Therefore, the Console Group provides access to the console. The | |
823 | operator console is usually implemented on the system controller with | |
824 | additional hardware for input and display. | |
825 | ||
826 | 2.2.13. Alerts | |
827 | ||
828 | The alert sub-unit is responsible for detecting reportable events, | |
829 | making an entry in the alert table and, if and only if the event is a | |
830 | critical event, initiating a trap. The exception to this rule is | |
831 | when the "alertRemovalofBinaryChangeEntry" trap is generated. The | |
832 | alert sub-unit is represented by the Alerts Group and, in particular, | |
833 | the Alert Table. This table contains information on the severity, | |
834 | sub- unit, and detailed location within the sub-unit, alert code and | |
835 | description of each alert that is currently active within the | |
836 | printer. Each reportable event causes an entry to be made in the | |
837 | Alert Table. | |
838 | ||
839 | ||
840 | ||
841 | ||
842 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 15] | |
843 | \f | |
844 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
845 | ||
846 | ||
847 | 2.2.13.1. Status and Alerts | |
848 | ||
849 | Summary information about the state of the printer is reported at | |
850 | three separate levels: (1) The status of the printer as a whole is | |
851 | reported in the Host Resources MIB, (2) The status of various sub- | |
852 | units is reported in the principle table of the Group that represents | |
853 | the sub-unit, and (3) Alert codes are reported in the Alert Table. | |
854 | ||
855 | 2.2.13.2. Overall Printer Status | |
856 | ||
857 | Of the many states a printer can be in, certain states are more | |
858 | "interesting" because of the distinct actions they are likely to | |
859 | provoke in the administrator. These states may be applied to the | |
860 | printer as a whole, or to a particular sub-unit of the printer. | |
861 | These named states are: | |
862 | ||
863 | Non Critical Alert Active - For the printer this means that one or | |
864 | more sub-units have a non-critical alert active. For a sub-unit, | |
865 | this means that the sub-unit has a non-critical alert active. | |
866 | ||
867 | Critical Alert Active - For the printer this means that one or more | |
868 | sub-units have a critical alert active. For a sub-unit, this means | |
869 | that the sub-unit has a critical alert active. | |
870 | ||
871 | Unavailable - The printer or sub-unit is unavailable for use (this is | |
872 | the same as "broken" or "down" in other terminology). A trained | |
873 | service person is typically necessary to make it available. | |
874 | ||
875 | Moving on-line or off-line - The printer is either off-line, in the | |
876 | process of moving off-line or moving back on-line. For example, on | |
877 | printers with motorized hoppers, reloading paper involves a | |
878 | transition to off-line to open the paper bin, filling the hopper and, | |
879 | finally, a transition back to on-line as the paper bin is | |
880 | repositioned for printing. | |
881 | ||
882 | Standby - The printer or sub-unit is not immediately available but | |
883 | can accept new instructions. | |
884 | ||
885 | Available - The printer or subunit is functioning normally. | |
886 | ||
887 | Idle - The printer or subunit is immediately available. | |
888 | ||
889 | Active - The printer or subunit is performing its primary function. | |
890 | ||
891 | Busy - The printer or subunit is performing a function (not | |
892 | necessarily its primary function) and is not immediately available | |
893 | for its primary function. | |
894 | ||
895 | ||
896 | ||
897 | ||
898 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 16] | |
899 | \f | |
900 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
901 | ||
902 | ||
903 | The Host Resources MIB [RFC2790] provides three status objects that | |
904 | can be used to describe the status of a printer: (1) hrDeviceStatus | |
905 | in the entry in the hrDeviceTable; (2) hrPrinterStatus in the | |
906 | hrPrinterTable; and (3) hrPrinterDetectedErrorState in the | |
907 | hrPrinterTable. These objects describe many of the states that a | |
908 | printer can be in. The following table shows how the values of the | |
909 | three printer-related objects in the Host Resources MIB relate to the | |
910 | states named above: | |
911 | ||
912 | Printer hrDeviceStatus hrPrinterStatus hrPrinterDetected- | |
913 | Status ErrorState | |
914 | ||
915 | Idle running(2) idle(3) none set | |
916 | ||
917 | Busy/ running(2) printing(4) | |
918 | Active | |
919 | ||
920 | Non Critical warning(3) idle(3) or could be: lowPaper, | |
921 | Alert Active printing(4) lowToner, or | |
922 | serviceRequested | |
923 | ||
924 | Critical down(5) other(1) could be: jammed, | |
925 | Alert Active noPaper, noToner, | |
926 | coverOpen, or | |
927 | serviceRequested | |
928 | ||
929 | Unavailable down(5) other(1) | |
930 | ||
931 | Moving off- warning(3) idle(3) or offline | |
932 | line printing(4) | |
933 | Off-line down(5) other(1) offline | |
934 | ||
935 | Moving down(5) warmup(5) | |
936 | on-line | |
937 | ||
938 | Standby running(2) other(1) | |
939 | ||
940 | These named states are only a subset of the possible states - they | |
941 | are not an exhaustive list of the possible states. Nevertheless, | |
942 | several things should be noted. When using these states, it is not | |
943 | possible to detect when both critical and non-critical alerts are | |
944 | pending - if both are pending, the Critical Alert Active state will | |
945 | prevail. In addition, a printer in the Standby state will be | |
946 | represented in the Host Resources MIB with a device status of | |
947 | running(2) and a printer status of other(1), a set of states that | |
948 | don't uniquely distinguish this important printer state. | |
949 | ||
950 | ||
951 | ||
952 | ||
953 | ||
954 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 17] | |
955 | \f | |
956 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
957 | ||
958 | ||
959 | Detailed status per sub-unit is reported in the sub-unit status | |
960 | fields. | |
961 | ||
962 | 2.2.13.2.1. Host Resources MIB Printer Status | |
963 | ||
964 | For completeness, the definitions of the Printer Status objects of | |
965 | the Host Resources MIB [RFC2790] are given below: | |
966 | ||
967 | hrDeviceStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
968 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
969 | unknown(1), | |
970 | running(2), | |
971 | warning(3), | |
972 | testing(4), | |
973 | down(5) | |
974 | } | |
975 | ACCESS read-only | |
976 | STATUS mandatory | |
977 | DESCRIPTION | |
978 | "The current operational state of the device | |
979 | described by this row of the table. A value | |
980 | unknown(1) indicates that the current state of the | |
981 | device is unknown. running(2) indicates that the | |
982 | device is up and running and that no unusual error | |
983 | conditions are known. The warning(3) state | |
984 | indicates that agent has been informed of an | |
985 | unusual error condition by the operational software | |
986 | (e.g., a disk device driver) but that the device | |
987 | is still 'operational'. An example would be high | |
988 | number of soft errors on a disk. A value of | |
989 | testing(4), indicates that the device is not | |
990 | available for use because it is in the testing | |
991 | state. The state of down(5) is used only when | |
992 | the agent has been informed that the device is | |
993 | not available for any use." | |
994 | ::= { hrDeviceEntry 5 } | |
995 | ||
996 | hrPrinterStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
997 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
998 | other(1), | |
999 | unknown(2), | |
1000 | idle(3), | |
1001 | printing(4), | |
1002 | warmup(5) | |
1003 | } | |
1004 | ACCESS read-only | |
1005 | STATUS mandatory | |
1006 | DESCRIPTION | |
1007 | ||
1008 | ||
1009 | ||
1010 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 18] | |
1011 | \f | |
1012 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1013 | ||
1014 | ||
1015 | "The current status of this printer device. When in the | |
1016 | idle(3), printing(4), or warmup(5) state, the corresponding | |
1017 | hrDeviceStatus should be running(2) or warning(3). When in | |
1018 | the unknown(2) state, the corresponding hrDeviceStatus | |
1019 | should be unknown(1)." | |
1020 | ::= { hrPrinterEntry 1 } | |
1021 | ||
1022 | hrPrinterDetectedErrorState OBJECT-TYPE | |
1023 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (0..128) | |
1024 | ACCESS read-only | |
1025 | STATUS mandatory | |
1026 | DESCRIPTION | |
1027 | "This object represents any error conditions detected by the | |
1028 | printer. The error conditions are encoded as an OCTET STRING | |
1029 | with the following definitions: | |
1030 | ||
1031 | Condition Bit # | |
1032 | ||
1033 | lowPaper 0 | |
1034 | noPaper 1 | |
1035 | lowToner 2 | |
1036 | noToner 3 | |
1037 | doorOpen 4 | |
1038 | jammed 5 | |
1039 | offline 6 | |
1040 | serviceRequested 7 | |
1041 | ||
1042 | inputTrayMissing 8 | |
1043 | outputTrayMissing 9 | |
1044 | markerSupplyMissing 10 | |
1045 | outputNearFull 11 | |
1046 | outputFull 12 | |
1047 | inputTrayEmpty 13 | |
1048 | overduePreventMaint 14 | |
1049 | ||
1050 | Bit # 15 is not assigned. | |
1051 | ||
1052 | If multiple conditions are currently detected and the | |
1053 | hrDeviceStatus would not otherwise be unknown(1) or | |
1054 | testing(4), the hrDeviceStatus shall correspond to the worst | |
1055 | state of those indicated, where down(5) is worse than | |
1056 | warning(3), which is worse than running(2). | |
1057 | ||
1058 | Bits are numbered starting with the most significant bit of | |
1059 | the first byte being bit 0, the least significant bit of the | |
1060 | first byte being bit 7, the most significant bit of the | |
1061 | second byte being bit 8, and so on. A one bit encodes that | |
1062 | the condition was detected, while a zero bit encodes that | |
1063 | ||
1064 | ||
1065 | ||
1066 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 19] | |
1067 | \f | |
1068 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1069 | ||
1070 | ||
1071 | the condition was not detected. | |
1072 | ||
1073 | This object is useful for alerting an operator to specific | |
1074 | warning or error conditions that may occur, especially those | |
1075 | requiring human intervention." | |
1076 | ::= { hrPrinterEntry 2 } | |
1077 | ||
1078 | 2.2.13.2.2. Sub-unit Status | |
1079 | ||
1080 | Sub-unit status is reported in the entries of the principle table in | |
1081 | the Group that represents the sub-unit. For sub-units that report a | |
1082 | status, there is a status column in the table and the value of this | |
1083 | column is always an integer formed in the following way. | |
1084 | ||
1085 | The PrtSubUnitStatusTC is an integer that is the sum of 5 distinct | |
1086 | values, Availability, Non-Critical, Critical, On-line, and | |
1087 | Transitioning. These values are: | |
1088 | ||
1089 | Availability value | |
1090 | ||
1091 | Available and Idle 0 000'b | |
1092 | Available and Standby 2 010'b | |
1093 | Available and Active 4 100'b | |
1094 | Available and Busy 6 110'b | |
1095 | Unavailable and OnRequest 1 001'b | |
1096 | Unavailable because Broken 3 011'b | |
1097 | Unknown 5 101'b | |
1098 | ||
1099 | Non-Critical | |
1100 | ||
1101 | No Non-Critical Alerts 0 | |
1102 | Non-Critical Alerts 8 | |
1103 | ||
1104 | Critical | |
1105 | ||
1106 | No Critical Alerts 0 | |
1107 | Critical Alerts 16 | |
1108 | ||
1109 | On-Line | |
1110 | ||
1111 | State is On-Line 0 | |
1112 | State is Off-Line 32 | |
1113 | ||
1114 | Transitioning | |
1115 | ||
1116 | At intended state 0 | |
1117 | Transitioning to intended state 64 | |
1118 | ||
1119 | ||
1120 | ||
1121 | ||
1122 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 20] | |
1123 | \f | |
1124 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1125 | ||
1126 | ||
1127 | For example, an input (tray) that jammed on the next to the last page | |
1128 | may show a status of 27 (unavailable because broken (3) + a critical | |
1129 | state (16), jammed, and a noncritical state (8), low paper). | |
1130 | ||
1131 | 2.2.13.3. Alert Tables | |
1132 | ||
1133 | The Alert Group consists of a single table in which all active alerts | |
1134 | are represented. This section provides an overview of the table and | |
1135 | a description of how it is managed. The basic content of the alert | |
1136 | table is the severity (critical or non-critical) of the alert, the | |
1137 | Group and entry where a state change caused the alert, additional | |
1138 | information about the alert (a more detailed location, an alert code, | |
1139 | and a description), and an indication of the level of training needed | |
1140 | to service the alert. | |
1141 | ||
1142 | The Alert Table contains some information that is redundant, for | |
1143 | example that an event has occurred, and some information that is only | |
1144 | represented in the Alert Table, for example the additional | |
1145 | information. A single table was used because a single entry in a | |
1146 | group could cause more than one alert, for example paper jams in more | |
1147 | than one place in a media path. Associating the additional | |
1148 | information with the entry in the affected group would only allow one | |
1149 | report where associating the additional information with the alert | |
1150 | makes multiple reports possible. Every time an alert occurs in the | |
1151 | printer, the printer makes one or more entries into the Alert Table. | |
1152 | The printer determines if an event is to be classified as critical or | |
1153 | non-critical. If the severity of the Alert is "critical", the | |
1154 | printer sends a trap or event notification to the host indicating | |
1155 | that the table has changed. Whether or not a trap is sent, the | |
1156 | management application is expected to poll the printer on a regular | |
1157 | basis and to read and parse the table to determine what conditions | |
1158 | have changed, in order to provide reliable information to the | |
1159 | management application user. | |
1160 | ||
1161 | 2.2.13.4. Alert Table Management | |
1162 | ||
1163 | The alert tables are sparsely populated tables. This means the | |
1164 | tables will only contain entries of the alerts that are currently | |
1165 | active and the number of rows, or entries in the table will be | |
1166 | dynamic. More than one event can be added or removed from the event | |
1167 | tables at a time depending on the implementation of the printer. | |
1168 | ||
1169 | There are basically two kinds of events that produce alerts: binary | |
1170 | change events and unary change events. Binary change events come in | |
1171 | pairs: the leading edge event and the trailing edge event. The | |
1172 | leading edge event enters a state from which there is only one exit; | |
1173 | for example, going from running to stopped with a paper jam. The | |
1174 | only exit from this state is fixing the paper jam and it is clear | |
1175 | ||
1176 | ||
1177 | ||
1178 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 21] | |
1179 | \f | |
1180 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1181 | ||
1182 | ||
1183 | when that is accomplished. The trailing edge event exits the state | |
1184 | that was entered by the leading edge event. In the example above, | |
1185 | fixing the paper jam is the trailing edge event. | |
1186 | ||
1187 | It is relatively straightforward to manage binary change events in | |
1188 | the Alert Table. Only the leading edge event makes an entry in the | |
1189 | alert table. This entry persists in the Alert Table until the | |
1190 | trailing edge event occurs at which point this event is signaled by | |
1191 | the removal of the leading edge event entry in the Alert Table. That | |
1192 | is, a trailing edge event does not create an entry; it removes the | |
1193 | corresponding leading edge event. Removing the leading edge entry | |
1194 | may cause the unary change event "alertRemovalofBinaryChangeEntry" to | |
1195 | be added to the table. With binary change events it is possible to | |
1196 | compute the maximum number that can occur at the same time and | |
1197 | construct an Alert Table that would hold that many events. There | |
1198 | would be no possibility of table overflow and no information about | |
1199 | outstanding events would be lost. | |
1200 | ||
1201 | Unfortunately, there are some events that are not binary changes. | |
1202 | This other category of event, the unary change event, is illustrated | |
1203 | by the configuration change event. With this kind of event the state | |
1204 | of the machine has changed, but to a state which is (often) just as | |
1205 | valid as the state that was left and from which no return is | |
1206 | necessary. For example, an operator may change the paper that is in | |
1207 | the primary input source from letter to legal. At some time in the | |
1208 | future the paper may be changed back to letter, but it might be | |
1209 | changed to executive instead. This is where the problem occurs. It | |
1210 | is not obvious how long to keep unary change event entries in the | |
1211 | Alert Table. If they were never removed, the Alert Table would | |
1212 | continue to grow indefinitely. | |
1213 | ||
1214 | The agent needs to have an algorithm implemented for the management | |
1215 | of the alert table, especially in the face of combinations of binary | |
1216 | and unary alerts that would overflow the storage capacity of the | |
1217 | table. When the table is full and new alerts need to be added, an | |
1218 | old alert to be deleted should be chosen using the following rules: | |
1219 | ||
1220 | 1. Find a non-critical unary alert and delete it. If there are | |
1221 | multiple non-critical unary alerts, it is suggested that the | |
1222 | oldest one is chosen. If there are no non-critical unary alerts, | |
1223 | then, | |
1224 | ||
1225 | 2. Find a non-critical binary alert and delete it. If there are | |
1226 | multiple non-critical binary alerts, it is suggested that the | |
1227 | oldest one is chosen. If there are no non-critical binary alerts, | |
1228 | then, | |
1229 | ||
1230 | ||
1231 | ||
1232 | ||
1233 | ||
1234 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 22] | |
1235 | \f | |
1236 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1237 | ||
1238 | ||
1239 | 3. Find a critical (binary) alert and delete it. If there are | |
1240 | multiple critical alerts, it is suggested that the oldest one be | |
1241 | chosen. Agent implementers are encouraged to provide at least | |
1242 | enough storage space for the maximum number of critical alerts | |
1243 | that could occur simultaneously. Note that all critical alerts | |
1244 | are binary. | |
1245 | ||
1246 | In the event that a critical binary alert has been deleted out of the | |
1247 | alert table; when space allows and the alert condition still exists, | |
1248 | the alert should be re-added to the alert table even if there was no | |
1249 | subsequent transition into the associated state. It is recommended | |
1250 | that this be done for non-critical binary alerts as well. Note that | |
1251 | the new alert entry will not have the same index as the original | |
1252 | entry that was moved out of the table. | |
1253 | ||
1254 | Note that because the Alert Index is a monotonically increasing | |
1255 | integer there will be gaps in the values in the table when an alert | |
1256 | is deleted. The management application may want to re-acquire the | |
1257 | Printer state and check for state changes that it did not observe in | |
1258 | the Alert Table if such gaps are detected. | |
1259 | ||
1260 | 2.3. Read-Write Objects | |
1261 | ||
1262 | Some objects in the printer MIB reflect the existence or amount of a | |
1263 | given resource within the printer. Some examples of such resources | |
1264 | are the size and number of sheets in a paper tray or the existence of | |
1265 | certain output options. Some printers have automatic sensors for | |
1266 | these resources. Most printers lack sensors for every property of | |
1267 | every resource. The management application is allowed to write into | |
1268 | objects that hold descriptive or existence values for printers that | |
1269 | cannot sense these values. The ability to change the value of a | |
1270 | read- write object may depend on the implementation of the agent. | |
1271 | Many objects in the MIB are given read-write access, but a printer | |
1272 | implementation might only permit a management application to change | |
1273 | the value if the printer can not sense the value itself. Note that | |
1274 | even though some objects explicitly state the behavior of conditional | |
1275 | ability to change values, any read-write object may act this way. | |
1276 | ||
1277 | Generally, an object is given read-write access in the Printer MIB | |
1278 | specification if: | |
1279 | ||
1280 | 1. The object involves installation of a resource that some printers | |
1281 | cannot themselves detect. Therefore, external means are needed to | |
1282 | inform the printer of the installation. (Here external means | |
1283 | include using the operator console, or remote management | |
1284 | application) and | |
1285 | ||
1286 | ||
1287 | ||
1288 | ||
1289 | ||
1290 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 23] | |
1291 | \f | |
1292 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1293 | ||
1294 | ||
1295 | 2. The printer will behave differently if the installation of the | |
1296 | resource is reported than the printer would if the installation | |
1297 | were not reported; that is, the object is not to be used as a | |
1298 | place to put information not used by the printer, i.e., not a | |
1299 | "sticky-note". Another way of saying this is that the printer | |
1300 | believes that information given it and acts as if the information | |
1301 | were true. For example, on a printer that cannot sense the size, | |
1302 | if one paper size is loaded, but another size is set into the | |
1303 | paper size object, then the printer will use the size that was set | |
1304 | as its current paper size in its imaging and paper handling. | |
1305 | ||
1306 | 3. The printer may get hints that it may not know about the existence | |
1307 | or properties of certain resources. For example, a paper tray may | |
1308 | be removed and re-inserted. When this removal and insertion | |
1309 | happens, the printer may either assume that a property, such as | |
1310 | the size of paper in the tray, has not changed or the printer may | |
1311 | change the value of the associated object to "unknown", as might | |
1312 | be done for the amount of paper in the tray. As long as the | |
1313 | printer acts according to the value in the object either strategy | |
1314 | is acceptable. | |
1315 | ||
1316 | 4. It is an implementation-specific matter as to whether or not MIB | |
1317 | object values are persistent across power cycles or cold starts. | |
1318 | It is particularly important that the values of the | |
1319 | prtMarkerLifeCount object persist throughout the lifetime of the | |
1320 | printer. Therefore, if the value of any MIB object persists | |
1321 | across power cycles, then the prtMarkerLifeCount object must also | |
1322 | persist. | |
1323 | ||
1324 | 2.4. Enumerations | |
1325 | ||
1326 | Enumerations (enums) are sets of symbolic values defined for use with | |
1327 | one or more objects. Commonly used enumeration sets are assigned a | |
1328 | symbolic data type name (textual convention), rather than being | |
1329 | specified in the SYNTAX clause of each individual object definition. | |
1330 | ||
1331 | Textual conventions defined in the Printer MIB or the companion IANA | |
1332 | Printer MIB are extensible by RFC publication or by Designated Expert | |
1333 | Review (see the 'IANA Considerations' section of this Printer MIB and | |
1334 | the DESCRIPTION clause in MODULE-IDENTITY of IANA Printer MIB). All | |
1335 | of these textual conventions are: | |
1336 | ||
1337 | a) used more than once in the Printer MIB itself; or | |
1338 | ||
1339 | b) imported and used in the companion Finisher MIB; or | |
1340 | ||
1341 | c) imported and used in any other, including vendor private, MIB | |
1342 | modules. | |
1343 | ||
1344 | ||
1345 | ||
1346 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 24] | |
1347 | \f | |
1348 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1349 | ||
1350 | ||
1351 | The Printer MIB has also defined the following special values for use | |
1352 | with objects of the syntax "Integer32" to define conditions that are | |
1353 | outside of the normal numeric range: other(-1), unknown(-2), and | |
1354 | partial(-3). The 'partial' value means that there is some supply | |
1355 | remaining (but the amount is indeterminate) or there is some capacity | |
1356 | remaining (but the amount is indeterminate). The Integer32 range | |
1357 | field indicates in which objects these special values are valid. | |
1358 | ||
1359 | 2.4.1. Registering Additional Enumerated Values | |
1360 | ||
1361 | The Printer MIB and the companion IANA Printer MIB each defines one | |
1362 | category of textual convention, according to the process employed to | |
1363 | control the addition of new enumerations: | |
1364 | ||
1365 | Type 1 - All of the legal values are defined in the Printer MIB. | |
1366 | Additional enumerated values require the publication of a new Printer | |
1367 | MIB. | |
1368 | ||
1369 | Type 2 - All of the legal values are registered in the IANA Printer | |
1370 | MIB. Additional enumerated values require a Designated Expert Review | |
1371 | defined in "Guidelines for Writing an IANA Considerations Section in | |
1372 | RFCs" [RFC2434]. The Designated Expert will be selected by the IETF | |
1373 | Area Director(s) of the Applications Area. | |
1374 | ||
1375 | 3. Groups from other MIB Specifications | |
1376 | ||
1377 | This section identifies the groups from other MIBs that shall be | |
1378 | supported to supplement and complete a printer MIB implementation. | |
1379 | The section also describes some of the less obvious characteristics | |
1380 | of the Printer MIB structure that are related to the inclusion of | |
1381 | these other MIB groups. | |
1382 | ||
1383 | 3.1. System Group | |
1384 | ||
1385 | All objects in the system group of MIB-II [RFC1213] shall be | |
1386 | implemented; however, as described in paragraph 2.4, implementers | |
1387 | should carefully consider what constitutes the "system". | |
1388 | ||
1389 | 3.2. System Controller | |
1390 | ||
1391 | The storage and device groups of the Host Resources MIB [RFC2790] | |
1392 | shall be implemented to support the printer(s) system controller, and | |
1393 | any supporting devices. If deemed appropriate by the implementer, | |
1394 | other groups of the Host Resources MIB (System, Running Software, | |
1395 | Running Software Performance, and Installed Software) may be | |
1396 | implemented. Because of the structure of the Host Resources MIB, the | |
1397 | devices constituting the system controller are at the same level as | |
1398 | the printer. | |
1399 | ||
1400 | ||
1401 | ||
1402 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 25] | |
1403 | \f | |
1404 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1405 | ||
1406 | ||
1407 | 3.3. Interface Group objects | |
1408 | ||
1409 | All objects in the Interfaces Group of MIB-II [RFC1213] shall be | |
1410 | implemented for all print information interfaces to the printer, | |
1411 | including non-network interfaces. | |
1412 | ||
1413 | 3.3.1. Interface Types | |
1414 | ||
1415 | The interfaces group of RFC 1213 [RFC1213] contains only a partial | |
1416 | list of interface types that can be specified in the "ifType" object. | |
1417 | For a complete list of interface types, refer to the IANA registry at | |
1418 | "ftp://ftp.isi.edu/mib/iana.mib/ianaiftype.mib" | |
1419 | ||
1420 | 4. Differences from RFC 1759 | |
1421 | ||
1422 | This document supersedes and replaces RFC 1759. However, a compliant | |
1423 | implementation of RFC 1759 is also compliant with this document. The | |
1424 | following changes to RFC 1759 are included: (See the printmib | |
1425 | REVISION/DESCRIPTION clause for additional details of changes.) | |
1426 | ||
1427 | - Minor editorial corrections and changes. Updated the cover page | |
1428 | and added the "SNMP Management Framework" boilerplate to section | |
1429 | 1. | |
1430 | ||
1431 | - Updated figure 2 to use MIB names instead of RFC numbers. | |
1432 | ||
1433 | - Updated Coded Character Set description and IANA registration | |
1434 | process. | |
1435 | ||
1436 | - Change hrPrinterDetectedErrorState "coverOpen" (bit 4) to | |
1437 | "doorOpen" per RFC 2790. | |
1438 | ||
1439 | - Added second octet of hrPrinterDetectedErrorState as partially | |
1440 | described and assigned in the updated Host Resources MIB (RFC | |
1441 | 2790). | |
1442 | ||
1443 | - Remove fixed association of hrDeviceStatus (warning/down) from | |
1444 | hrPrinterDetetctedErrorState per RFC 2790. | |
1445 | ||
1446 | - Instead of showing bit 15 as "not assigned" in the quote from RFC | |
1447 | 2790 in the hrPrinterDetectedErrorState object, removed that from | |
1448 | the tabular form and added it as a sentence, because the RFC | |
1449 | doesn't show bit 15 in the tabular form. | |
1450 | ||
1451 | - Clarified the international considerations. | |
1452 | ||
1453 | ||
1454 | ||
1455 | ||
1456 | ||
1457 | ||
1458 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 26] | |
1459 | \f | |
1460 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1461 | ||
1462 | ||
1463 | - Added prtChannelInformation to the Channel Group textual- | |
1464 | conventions on a per channel basis to clarify the channel | |
1465 | description and enhance interoperability. | |
1466 | ||
1467 | - Deprecated some obsolete channel types. | |
1468 | ||
1469 | - Extended the Alert Table and PrtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit textual | |
1470 | conventions to include values from the Finisher MIB. | |
1471 | ||
1472 | - Clarified alerts based on unary vs. binary change events. | |
1473 | ||
1474 | - Added (optional) unary change event | |
1475 | alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEntry(1801). | |
1476 | ||
1477 | - Establish a convention for contact information for | |
1478 | prtGeneralCurrentOperator and prtGeneralServicePerson. | |
1479 | ||
1480 | - Added prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage PresentOnOff | |
1481 | ||
1482 | - Added prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage PresentOnOff | |
1483 | ||
1484 | - Added prtGeneralPrinterName OCTET STRING | |
1485 | ||
1486 | - Added prtGeneralSerialNumber OCTET STRING | |
1487 | ||
1488 | - Added prtInputNextIndex Integer32 | |
1489 | ||
1490 | - Added the Input Switching Group | |
1491 | ||
1492 | - Added prtAlertCriticalEvents Counter32 | |
1493 | ||
1494 | - Added prtAlertAllEvents Counter32 | |
1495 | ||
1496 | - Updated PrtAlertCode enums including generic alert codes. | |
1497 | ||
1498 | - Created five OBJECT-GROUPs (prtAuxilliarySheetGroup, | |
1499 | prtInputSwitchingGroup, prtGeneralV2Group, prtAlertTableV2Group, | |
1500 | prtChannelV2Group). Added the nine new objects to them | |
1501 | (prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage, prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage, | |
1502 | prtGeneralPrinterName, prtGeneralSerialNumber, | |
1503 | prtAlertCriticalEvents, prtAlertAllEvents, | |
1504 | prtInputMediaLoadTimeout, prtInputNextIndex, | |
1505 | prtChannelInformation). Created one new NOTIFICATION-GROUP | |
1506 | (prtAlertTrapGroup) to contain printerV2Alert. Included the new | |
1507 | OBJECT-GROUPs and the NOTIFICATION_GROUP in prtMIBCompliance, all | |
1508 | in GROUP (not MANDATORY-GROUP) clauses. The nine new objects are | |
1509 | optional, i.e., this document is backward compatible with RFC | |
1510 | 1759. | |
1511 | ||
1512 | ||
1513 | ||
1514 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 27] | |
1515 | \f | |
1516 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1517 | ||
1518 | ||
1519 | - prtAlertTime is strongly recommended. | |
1520 | ||
1521 | - Deprecated the use of alert codes doorOpen(501) and | |
1522 | doorClosed(502), in favor of coverOpened(3) and coverClosed(4). | |
1523 | ||
1524 | - Added the PrtConsoleDisableTC and PrtMarkerAddressabilityUnitTC | |
1525 | textual conventions, and changed the PrtConsoleDisable and | |
1526 | PrtMarkerAddressabilityUnit objects' syntax to use those TCs, and | |
1527 | changed the PrtGeneralEntry and PrtMarkerColorantEntry SEQUENCEs | |
1528 | to reflect the new syntax. | |
1529 | ||
1530 | - Added textual conventions "PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC" and | |
1531 | "PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC" and updated several objects to use | |
1532 | them. | |
1533 | ||
1534 | - Changed most enumerations to textual conventions and therefore | |
1535 | changed the SYNTAX of many objects from RFC 1759 to specify the | |
1536 | appropriate textual conventions. (28 TCs were added.) | |
1537 | ||
1538 | - Changed the TC names "MediaUnit" to "PrtMediaUnitTC", | |
1539 | "CapacityUnit" to "PrtCapacityUnitTC", and "SubUnitStatus" to | |
1540 | "PrtSubUnitStatusTC" | |
1541 | ||
1542 | - All objects with a MAX-ACCESS of read-write now have a MIN-ACCESS | |
1543 | of read-only. | |
1544 | ||
1545 | - Added 'IANA Considerations' and 'Internationalization | |
1546 | Considerations' as top level sections, per IETF guidelines. | |
1547 | ||
1548 | - Updated Security and Copyright sections. | |
1549 | ||
1550 | - Updated references and split into Normative and Informative | |
1551 | groups. | |
1552 | ||
1553 | - Added Appendix E - Overall Printer Status Table. | |
1554 | ||
1555 | - Updated participant and contact information. | |
1556 | ||
1557 | - Removed CodedCharSet Textual Convention, replaced with an import | |
1558 | of the IANACharset. | |
1559 | ||
1560 | - Removed all comment statements that indicated objects or groups | |
1561 | are mandatory or optional. Avoids any potential conflicts with | |
1562 | the conformance section. | |
1563 | ||
1564 | ||
1565 | ||
1566 | ||
1567 | ||
1568 | ||
1569 | ||
1570 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 28] | |
1571 | \f | |
1572 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1573 | ||
1574 | ||
1575 | - Added text to empty description clauses. (prtStorageRefTable, | |
1576 | prtDeviceRefTable, prtMarkerTable, prtMediaPathTable, | |
1577 | prtChannelTable, prtInterpreterTable, prtConsoleLightTable, and | |
1578 | prtAlertTable) | |
1579 | ||
1580 | - Added "DEFVAL { unknown }" to prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn and | |
1581 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut. | |
1582 | ||
1583 | - Changed "...values are expected to remain stable..." to "...values | |
1584 | SHOULD remain stable..." in the description clauses for the index | |
1585 | object in all tables. | |
1586 | ||
1587 | - Added ranges to all objects with a syntax of Integer32. | |
1588 | ||
1589 | - Revised the description clause for prtAlertGroupIndex. | |
1590 | ||
1591 | - Added additional text to the description clause for | |
1592 | prtMediaPathEntry, prtChannelEntry, prtInterpreterEntry, and | |
1593 | printerV2Alert. | |
1594 | ||
1595 | - Added text to section 2.4 to explain the usage of textual | |
1596 | conventions in this MIB and others. Also added a note defining | |
1597 | the common usage of the enumerations 'other(-1)' and 'unknown(-2)' | |
1598 | ||
1599 | - Changed range of prtStorageRefSeqNumber, prtDeviceRefSeqNumber, | |
1600 | and prtConsoleLightIndex from (0..65535) to (1..65535) since index | |
1601 | values cannot be zero. (Typo in RFC 1759) | |
1602 | ||
1603 | - The PWG Standard for Standardized Media Names is now recommended | |
1604 | for the objects prtInputMediaName, prtInputMediaColor, and | |
1605 | prtInputMediaType. | |
1606 | ||
1607 | - Added chSMTP(45) to prtChannelTypeTC. | |
1608 | ||
1609 | 5. The IANA Printer MIB | |
1610 | ||
1611 | IANA-PRINTER-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN | |
1612 | -- http://www.iana.org/assignments/ianaprinter-mib | |
1613 | ||
1614 | IMPORTS | |
1615 | MODULE-IDENTITY, | |
1616 | mib-2 | |
1617 | FROM SNMPv2-SMI -- [RFC2578] | |
1618 | TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
1619 | FROM SNMPv2-TC; -- [RFC2579] | |
1620 | ||
1621 | ianaPrinterMIB MODULE-IDENTITY | |
1622 | LAST-UPDATED "200406020000Z" -- June 2, 2004 | |
1623 | ||
1624 | ||
1625 | ||
1626 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 29] | |
1627 | \f | |
1628 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1629 | ||
1630 | ||
1631 | ORGANIZATION "IANA" | |
1632 | CONTACT-INFO "Internet Assigned Numbers Authority | |
1633 | Postal: ICANN | |
1634 | 4676 Admiralty Way, Suite 330 | |
1635 | Marina del Rey, CA 90292 | |
1636 | ||
1637 | Tel: +1 310 823 9358 | |
1638 | E-Mail: iana@iana.org" | |
1639 | ||
1640 | DESCRIPTION "This MIB module defines a set of printing-related | |
1641 | TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs for use in Printer MIB (RFC 3805), | |
1642 | Finisher MIB (RFC 3806), and other MIBs which need to | |
1643 | specify printing mechanism details. | |
1644 | ||
1645 | Any additions or changes to the contents of this MIB | |
1646 | module require either publication of an RFC, or | |
1647 | Designated Expert Review as defined in RFC 2434, | |
1648 | Guidelines for Writing an IANA Considerations Section | |
1649 | in RFCs. The Designated Expert will be selected by | |
1650 | the IESG Area Director(s) of the Applications Area. | |
1651 | ||
1652 | Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). The | |
1653 | initial version of this MIB module was published | |
1654 | in RFC 3805. For full legal notices see the RFC | |
1655 | itself or see: | |
1656 | http://www.ietf.org/copyrights/ianamib.html" | |
1657 | ||
1658 | REVISION "200406020000Z" -- June 2, 2004 | |
1659 | DESCRIPTION "Original version, published in coordination | |
1660 | with Printer MIB (RFC 3805)." | |
1661 | ::= { mib-2 109 } | |
1662 | ||
1663 | -- | |
1664 | -- Generic TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
1665 | -- | |
1666 | ||
1667 | PrtCoverStatusTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
1668 | -- This TC was extracted from prtCoverStatus in RFC 1759. | |
1669 | STATUS current | |
1670 | DESCRIPTION | |
1671 | "Values for encoding the state of a particular cover or | |
1672 | access panel on the printer case or enclosure." | |
1673 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
1674 | other(1), | |
1675 | coverOpen(3), | |
1676 | coverClosed(4), | |
1677 | interlockOpen(5), | |
1678 | interlockClosed(6) | |
1679 | ||
1680 | ||
1681 | ||
1682 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 30] | |
1683 | \f | |
1684 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1685 | ||
1686 | ||
1687 | } | |
1688 | ||
1689 | -- | |
1690 | -- General Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
1691 | -- | |
1692 | ||
1693 | PrtGeneralResetTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
1694 | -- This TC was extracted from prtGeneralReset in RFC 1759. | |
1695 | STATUS current | |
1696 | DESCRIPTION | |
1697 | "Values for reading and writing the prtGeneralReset object. | |
1698 | ||
1699 | If a device does not have NVRAM, the device shall none the | |
1700 | less respond to a SET with the value resetToNVRAM(5) with a | |
1701 | sort of warm reset that resets the device to implementation- | |
1702 | defined state that is preferably under control of the system | |
1703 | administrator by some means outside the scope of the Printer | |
1704 | MIB specification." | |
1705 | ||
1706 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
1707 | notResetting(3), | |
1708 | powerCycleReset(4), -- Cold Start | |
1709 | resetToNVRAM(5), -- Warm Start | |
1710 | resetToFactoryDefaults(6) -- Reset contents of | |
1711 | -- NVRAM to factory | |
1712 | -- defaults | |
1713 | } | |
1714 | -- | |
1715 | -- Channel Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
1716 | -- | |
1717 | ||
1718 | PrtChannelTypeTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
1719 | -- This TC was extracted from prtChannelType in RFC 1759. | |
1720 | STATUS current | |
1721 | DESCRIPTION | |
1722 | "This enumeration indicates the type of channel that is | |
1723 | receiving jobs." | |
1724 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
1725 | other(1), | |
1726 | chSerialPort(3), | |
1727 | chParallelPort(4), | |
1728 | chIEEE1284Port(5), | |
1729 | chSCSIPort(6), | |
1730 | chAppleTalkPAP(7), | |
1731 | -- AppleTalk Printer | |
1732 | -- Access Protocol (PAP) | |
1733 | -- | |
1734 | -- prtChannelInformation entry: | |
1735 | ||
1736 | ||
1737 | ||
1738 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 31] | |
1739 | \f | |
1740 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1741 | ||
1742 | ||
1743 | -- | |
1744 | -- Printer Name | |
1745 | -- Keyword: Name | |
1746 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1747 | -- Status: Optional | |
1748 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1749 | -- Description: The name of the printer | |
1750 | -- within the AppleTalk naming scope | |
1751 | chLPDServer(8), | |
1752 | -- prtChannelInformation entry: | |
1753 | -- | |
1754 | -- Printer queue name | |
1755 | -- Keyword: Queue | |
1756 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1757 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1758 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1759 | -- Description: queue name as | |
1760 | -- defined in [RFC1179]. | |
1761 | chNetwareRPrinter(9), | |
1762 | -- Novell, Inc. | |
1763 | -- For each entry of this type, the | |
1764 | -- prtChannelInformation must have a pair of | |
1765 | -- keywords. For Netware 3.x channels this must | |
1766 | -- be a (PServer, Printer) pair. For Netware | |
1767 | -- 4.x channels and for IntranetWare channels | |
1768 | -- this must be a (NDSTree, NDSPrinter) pair. | |
1769 | -- | |
1770 | -- prtChannelInformation entries: | |
1771 | ||
1772 | -- Print Server Name | |
1773 | -- Keyword: PServer | |
1774 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1775 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1776 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1777 | -- Description: The Pserver's SAP name | |
1778 | -- | |
1779 | -- Printer Number | |
1780 | -- Keyword: Printer | |
1781 | -- Syntax: Integer | |
1782 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1783 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1784 | -- Description: The printer number | |
1785 | -- | |
1786 | -- NDSTree | |
1787 | -- Keyword: NDSTree | |
1788 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1789 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1790 | -- Description: The tree's SAP name | |
1791 | ||
1792 | ||
1793 | ||
1794 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 32] | |
1795 | \f | |
1796 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1797 | ||
1798 | ||
1799 | -- | |
1800 | -- NDS Printer object | |
1801 | -- Keyword: NDSPrinter | |
1802 | -- Syntax: Text (Unicode) | |
1803 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1804 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1805 | -- Description: The fully qualified | |
1806 | -- name of the Printer | |
1807 | -- | |
1808 | -- In the Netware 3.x environment, the | |
1809 | -- client checks the Bindery object | |
1810 | -- representing the named PServer. The | |
1811 | -- client then checks for queues which | |
1812 | -- are associated with the numbered | |
1813 | -- printer. In the 4.x and IntraNetware | |
1814 | -- environment, the client looks up the | |
1815 | -- queues which are associated with the | |
1816 | -- NDS Printer Object in the named Tree. | |
1817 | -- Depending on client access rights to | |
1818 | -- those queues, the client submits jobs | |
1819 | -- to the appropriate queue. | |
1820 | chNetwarePServer(10), | |
1821 | -- Novell,Inc. | |
1822 | -- For each entry of this type, the | |
1823 | -- prtChannelInformation must have a pair | |
1824 | -- of keywords. For Netware 3.x channels | |
1825 | -- this must be a (Server, PServer) pair. | |
1826 | -- For Netware 4.x and IntranetWare | |
1827 | -- channels, this must be a | |
1828 | -- (NDSTree, NDSPServer) pair. | |
1829 | -- | |
1830 | -- prtChannelInformation entries: | |
1831 | -- | |
1832 | -- Server Name | |
1833 | -- Keyword: Server | |
1834 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1835 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1836 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1837 | -- Description: The SAP name of the | |
1838 | -- server for which the PServer is defined. | |
1839 | -- | |
1840 | -- PServer | |
1841 | -- Keyword: PServer | |
1842 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1843 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1844 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1845 | -- Description: The bindery name of | |
1846 | -- the PServer | |
1847 | ||
1848 | ||
1849 | ||
1850 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 33] | |
1851 | \f | |
1852 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1853 | ||
1854 | ||
1855 | -- | |
1856 | -- NDS Tree | |
1857 | -- Keyword: NDSTree | |
1858 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1859 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1860 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1861 | -- Description: The NDS Tree name | |
1862 | -- | |
1863 | -- PServer | |
1864 | -- Keyword: NDSPServer | |
1865 | -- Syntax: Text (Unicode) | |
1866 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1867 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1868 | -- Description: The fully qualified | |
1869 | -- name of the PServer object in the tree. | |
1870 | -- | |
1871 | -- In the 3.x environment, the client | |
1872 | -- checks the bindery object | |
1873 | -- representing the named PServer on the | |
1874 | -- named Server. In the 4.x and | |
1875 | -- IntranetWare environment, | |
1876 | -- the client checks the NDS object | |
1877 | -- representing the named PServer in the | |
1878 | -- named Tree. In either case, the | |
1879 | -- client then checks for all queues | |
1880 | -- associated with the Pserver object. | |
1881 | -- Depending on client access rights | |
1882 | -- to those queues, the client submits | |
1883 | -- jobs to the appropriate queue. | |
1884 | chPort9100(11), | |
1885 | -- DEPRECATED | |
1886 | -- (see chPortTCP - 37; chBidirPortTCP - 38) | |
1887 | chAppSocket(12), | |
1888 | -- A bi-directional, LPD-like, protocol using | |
1889 | -- 9101 for control and 9100 for data. | |
1890 | -- Adobe Systems, Inc. | |
1891 | chFTP(13), -- [RFC959] | |
1892 | chTFTP(14), -- [RFC1350] | |
1893 | chDLCLLCPort(15), | |
1894 | chIBM3270(16), -- IBM Coax | |
1895 | chIBM5250(17), -- IBM Twinax | |
1896 | chFax(18), | |
1897 | chIEEE1394(19), | |
1898 | chTransport1(20), | |
1899 | -- TCP port 35, for reserved TCP port list see | |
1900 | -- [RFC3232]. This RFC should also be | |
1901 | -- referenced for other channel | |
1902 | -- enumerations utilizing TCP port | |
1903 | ||
1904 | ||
1905 | ||
1906 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 34] | |
1907 | \f | |
1908 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1909 | ||
1910 | ||
1911 | -- numbers 0 through 1024. | |
1912 | chCPAP(21), -- TCP port 170 | |
1913 | -- Digital Equipment Corp. | |
1914 | chDCERemoteProcCall(22), -- OSF | |
1915 | -- DEPRECATED | |
1916 | chONCRemoteProcCall(23), -- SUN Microsystems | |
1917 | -- DEPRECATED | |
1918 | chOLE(24), -- Microsoft | |
1919 | -- DEPRECATED | |
1920 | chNamedPipe(25), | |
1921 | chPCPrint(26), -- Banyan | |
1922 | chServerMessageBlock(27), | |
1923 | -- File/Print sharing protocol used by | |
1924 | -- various network operating systems | |
1925 | -- from IBM 3Com, Microsoft and others | |
1926 | -- | |
1927 | -- prtChannelInformation entry: | |
1928 | -- | |
1929 | -- Service Name | |
1930 | -- Keyword: Name | |
1931 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1932 | -- Status: Optional | |
1933 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1934 | -- Description: The service name of | |
1935 | -- the printer | |
1936 | chDPMF(28), -- IBM Infoprint | |
1937 | chDLLAPI(29), -- Microsoft | |
1938 | -- DEPRECATED | |
1939 | chVxDAPI(30), -- Microsoft | |
1940 | -- DEPRECATED | |
1941 | chSystemObjectManager(31), -- IBM | |
1942 | chDECLAT(32), | |
1943 | -- Digital Equipment Corp. | |
1944 | -- | |
1945 | -- prtChannelInformation entries: | |
1946 | -- | |
1947 | -- Port Name | |
1948 | -- Keyword: Port | |
1949 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1950 | -- Status: Conditionally | |
1951 | -- Mandatory | |
1952 | -- (see note below) | |
1953 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1954 | -- Description: LAT port name | |
1955 | -- | |
1956 | -- Service Name | |
1957 | -- Keyword: Service | |
1958 | -- Syntax: Name | |
1959 | ||
1960 | ||
1961 | ||
1962 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 35] | |
1963 | \f | |
1964 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
1965 | ||
1966 | ||
1967 | -- Status: Conditionally | |
1968 | -- Mandatory | |
1969 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1970 | -- Description: LAT service name | |
1971 | -- | |
1972 | -- The LAT channel may be | |
1973 | -- identified by either a port or | |
1974 | -- service, so either a | |
1975 | -- Port or Service entry must be | |
1976 | -- specified, but not both. | |
1977 | chNPAP(33), | |
1978 | chUSB(34), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
1979 | -- Universal Serial Bus | |
1980 | chIRDA(35), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
1981 | -- Infrared Data Assoc. Prot. | |
1982 | chPrintXChange(36), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
1983 | -- PrintXChange Protocol | |
1984 | chPortTCP(37), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
1985 | -- A unidirectional "raw" TCP | |
1986 | -- channel that uses an administratively | |
1987 | -- assigned TCP port address. | |
1988 | -- | |
1989 | -- prtChannelInformation entry: | |
1990 | -- | |
1991 | -- Port Number | |
1992 | -- Keyword: Port | |
1993 | -- Syntax: decimal number | |
1994 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
1995 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
1996 | -- Description: TCP port number | |
1997 | chBidirPortTCP(38), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
1998 | -- A bi-directional version of chPortTCP | |
1999 | -- | |
2000 | -- prtChannelInformation entries: | |
2001 | -- (See chPortTCP) | |
2002 | chUNPP(39), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2003 | -- Universal Network Printing | |
2004 | -- Protocol(UNPP). A bi-directional, | |
2005 | -- multiport network printing | |
2006 | -- application protocol available on | |
2007 | -- multiple transport protocols. | |
2008 | -- Underscore, Inc. | |
2009 | -- Contact: info@underscore.com | |
2010 | chAppleTalkADSP(40), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2011 | -- AppleTalk Data Stream Protocol. | |
2012 | -- ADSP is part of the AppleTalk | |
2013 | -- suite of protocols. | |
2014 | -- It is a symmetric, connection- | |
2015 | ||
2016 | ||
2017 | ||
2018 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 36] | |
2019 | \f | |
2020 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2021 | ||
2022 | ||
2023 | -- oriented protocol that makes | |
2024 | -- possible the establishment | |
2025 | -- and maintenance of full-duplex | |
2026 | -- streams of data bytes between | |
2027 | -- two sockets in an AppleTalk | |
2028 | -- internet. | |
2029 | -- See [APPLEMAC]. | |
2030 | chPortSPX(41), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2031 | -- Sequenced Packet Exchange (SPX) | |
2032 | -- socket. | |
2033 | -- Novell, Inc. Similar to TCP, a | |
2034 | -- bi-directional data pipe using | |
2035 | -- Novell SPX as a transport. | |
2036 | -- | |
2037 | -- prtChannelInformation entries: | |
2038 | -- | |
2039 | -- Network Number | |
2040 | -- Keyword: Net | |
2041 | -- Syntax: HexString | |
2042 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
2043 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2044 | -- Description: The network number | |
2045 | -- | |
2046 | -- Node Number | |
2047 | -- Keyword: Node | |
2048 | -- Syntax: HexString | |
2049 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
2050 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2051 | -- Description: The node number | |
2052 | -- | |
2053 | -- Socket Number | |
2054 | -- Keyword: Socket | |
2055 | -- Syntax: HexString | |
2056 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
2057 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2058 | -- Description: The SPX socket number | |
2059 | -- | |
2060 | -- There must be exactly one "Net" and | |
2061 | -- one "Node" and one "Socket" entry. A | |
2062 | -- HexString is a binary value | |
2063 | -- represented as a string of | |
2064 | -- ASCII characters using hexadecimal | |
2065 | -- notation. | |
2066 | chPortHTTP(42), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2067 | -- Hypertext Transfer Protocol. See [RFC1945] | |
2068 | -- and [RFC2616]. | |
2069 | chNDPS(43), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2070 | -- Novell, Inc. | |
2071 | ||
2072 | ||
2073 | ||
2074 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 37] | |
2075 | \f | |
2076 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2077 | ||
2078 | ||
2079 | -- | |
2080 | -- prtChannelInformation entry: | |
2081 | -- | |
2082 | -- Printer Agent Name | |
2083 | -- Keyword: PA | |
2084 | -- Syntax: Name | |
2085 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
2086 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2087 | -- Description: The NDPS Printer | |
2088 | -- Agent Name | |
2089 | chIPP(44), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2090 | -- Internet Printing Protocol (IPP), | |
2091 | -- (IPP/1.1 - see [RFC2910] and [RFC2911]) | |
2092 | -- also applies to all future versions of IPP. | |
2093 | -- | |
2094 | -- IPP Printer URI | |
2095 | -- Keyword: URI | |
2096 | -- Syntax: URI (Unicode UTF-8 per | |
2097 | -- [RFC2396]) | |
2098 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
2099 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2100 | -- Default: not applicable | |
2101 | -- Description: URI of this IPP Printer | |
2102 | -- within Internet naming scope. Unicode | |
2103 | -- UTF-8 [RFC3629] string with | |
2104 | -- hexadecimal escapes for any non-ASCII | |
2105 | -- characters (per [RFC2396]). | |
2106 | -- Conformance: An IPP Printer shall list all | |
2107 | -- IPP URI it supports (one per IPP Channel | |
2108 | -- entry). If a URI contains the 'http:' | |
2109 | -- scheme it must have an explicit port. | |
2110 | -- See: [RFC3629], [RFC2396], [RFC2910], | |
2111 | -- [RFC2911]. | |
2112 | -- | |
2113 | -- IPP Printer Client Authentication | |
2114 | -- Keyword: Auth | |
2115 | -- Syntax: Keyword | |
2116 | -- Status: Optional | |
2117 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2118 | -- Default: 'none' | |
2119 | -- Description: A client authentication | |
2120 | -- mechanism supported for this IPP Printer | |
2121 | -- URI: | |
2122 | -- 'none' | |
2123 | -- no client authentication mechanism | |
2124 | -- 'requesting-user-name' | |
2125 | -- authenticated user in 'requesting- | |
2126 | -- user-name' | |
2127 | ||
2128 | ||
2129 | ||
2130 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 38] | |
2131 | \f | |
2132 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2133 | ||
2134 | ||
2135 | -- 'basic' | |
2136 | -- authenticated user via HTTP Basic | |
2137 | -- mechanism | |
2138 | -- 'digest' | |
2139 | -- authenticated user via HTTP Digest | |
2140 | -- mechanism | |
2141 | -- 'certificate' | |
2142 | -- authenticated user via certificate | |
2143 | -- mechanism | |
2144 | -- Conformance: An IPP Printer should list | |
2145 | -- all IPP client authentication mechanisms | |
2146 | -- it supports (one per IPP Channel entry). | |
2147 | -- See: [RFC2911] and [RFC2910]. | |
2148 | -- | |
2149 | -- IPP Printer Security | |
2150 | -- Keyword: Security | |
2151 | -- Syntax: Keyword | |
2152 | -- Status: Optional | |
2153 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2154 | -- Default: 'none' | |
2155 | -- Description: A security mechanism | |
2156 | -- supported for this IPP Printer URI: | |
2157 | -- 'none' | |
2158 | -- no security mechanism | |
2159 | -- 'ssl3' | |
2160 | -- SSL3 secure communications channel | |
2161 | -- protocol | |
2162 | -- 'tls' | |
2163 | -- TLS secure communications channel | |
2164 | -- protocol | |
2165 | -- Conformance: An IPP Printer should list | |
2166 | -- all IPP security mechanisms it supports | |
2167 | -- (one per IPP Channel entry). | |
2168 | -- See: [RFC2246], [RFC2911]. | |
2169 | -- | |
2170 | -- IPP Printer Protocol Version | |
2171 | -- Keyword: Version | |
2172 | -- Syntax: Keyword | |
2173 | -- Status: Optional | |
2174 | -- Multiplicity: Multiple | |
2175 | -- Default: '1.1' | |
2176 | -- Description: All of the IPP protocol | |
2177 | -- versions (major.minor) supported for | |
2178 | -- this IPP Printer URI: | |
2179 | -- '1.0' | |
2180 | -- IPP/1.0 conforming Printer | |
2181 | -- '1.1' | |
2182 | -- IPP/1.1 conforming Printer | |
2183 | ||
2184 | ||
2185 | ||
2186 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 39] | |
2187 | \f | |
2188 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2189 | ||
2190 | ||
2191 | -- Conformance: An IPP Printer should list | |
2192 | -- all IPP versions it supports (all listed | |
2193 | -- in each IPP Channel entry). An IPP | |
2194 | -- Client should select the highest | |
2195 | -- numbered version the IPP Client supports | |
2196 | -- for use in all IPP Requests (for optimum | |
2197 | -- interworking). | |
2198 | -- See: [RFC2911]. | |
2199 | chSMTP(45) | |
2200 | -- Print Job submission via Simple Mail | |
2201 | -- Transfer Protocol (SMTP) - see [RFC2821] | |
2202 | -- | |
2203 | -- prtChannelInformation entry: | |
2204 | -- | |
2205 | -- Keyword: Mailto | |
2206 | -- Syntax: Name | |
2207 | -- Status: Mandatory | |
2208 | -- Multiplicity: Single | |
2209 | -- Default: not applicable | |
2210 | -- Description: The SMTP URL of the printer. | |
2211 | } | |
2212 | ||
2213 | -- | |
2214 | -- Interpreter Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
2215 | -- | |
2216 | ||
2217 | PrtInterpreterLangFamilyTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2218 | -- This TC was extracted from prtInterpreterLangFamily in RFC 1759. | |
2219 | STATUS current | |
2220 | DESCRIPTION | |
2221 | "This enumeration indicates the type of interpreter that is | |
2222 | receiving jobs." | |
2223 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2224 | other(1), | |
2225 | unknown(2), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2226 | langPCL(3), -- PCL. Starting with PCL version 5, | |
2227 | -- HP-GL/2 is included as part of the | |
2228 | -- PCL language. | |
2229 | -- PCL and HP-GL/2 are registered | |
2230 | -- trademarks of Hewlett-Packard | |
2231 | -- Company. | |
2232 | langHPGL(4), -- Hewlett-Packard Graphics Language. | |
2233 | -- HP-GL is a registered trademark of | |
2234 | -- Hewlett-Packard Company. | |
2235 | langPJL(5), -- Peripheral Job Language. Appears in | |
2236 | -- the data stream between data intended | |
2237 | -- for a page description language. | |
2238 | -- Hewlett-Packard Co. | |
2239 | ||
2240 | ||
2241 | ||
2242 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 40] | |
2243 | \f | |
2244 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2245 | ||
2246 | ||
2247 | langPS(6), -- PostScript (tm) Language | |
2248 | -- Postscript - a trademark of Adobe | |
2249 | -- Systems Incorporated which may be | |
2250 | -- registered in certain jurisdictions | |
2251 | langIPDS(7), -- Intelligent Printer Data Stream | |
2252 | -- Bi-directional print data stream for | |
2253 | -- documents consisting of data objects | |
2254 | -- (text, image, graphics, bar codes), | |
2255 | -- resources (fonts, overlays) and page, | |
2256 | -- form and finishing instructions. | |
2257 | -- Facilitates system level device | |
2258 | -- control, document tracking and error | |
2259 | -- recovery throughout the print | |
2260 | -- process. | |
2261 | -- IBM Corporation. | |
2262 | langPPDS(8), -- IBM Personal Printer Data Stream. | |
2263 | -- Originally called IBM ASCII, the name | |
2264 | -- was changed to PPDS when the Laser | |
2265 | -- Printer was introduced in 1989. | |
2266 | -- Lexmark International, Inc. | |
2267 | langEscapeP(9), -- Epson Corp. | |
2268 | langEpson(10), | |
2269 | langDDIF(11), -- Digital Document Interchange Format | |
2270 | -- Digital Equipment Corp., Maynard MA | |
2271 | langInterpress(12), | |
2272 | -- Xerox Corp. | |
2273 | langISO6429(13), -- ISO 6429. Control functions for | |
2274 | -- Coded Character Sets (has ASCII | |
2275 | -- control characters, plus additional | |
2276 | -- controls for | |
2277 | -- character imaging devices.) | |
2278 | langLineData(14), -- line-data: Lines of data as | |
2279 | -- separate ASCII or EBCDIC records | |
2280 | -- and containing no control functions | |
2281 | -- (no CR, LF, HT, FF, etc.) | |
2282 | -- For use with traditional line | |
2283 | -- printers. May use CR and/or LF to | |
2284 | -- delimit lines, instead of records. | |
2285 | -- See ISO 10175 Document Printing | |
2286 | -- Application (DPA) [ISO10175]. | |
2287 | langMODCA(15), -- Mixed Object Document Content | |
2288 | -- Architecture | |
2289 | -- Definitions that allow the | |
2290 | -- composition, interchange, and | |
2291 | -- presentation of final form | |
2292 | -- documents as a collection of data | |
2293 | -- objects (text, image, graphics, bar | |
2294 | -- codes), resources (fonts, overlays) | |
2295 | ||
2296 | ||
2297 | ||
2298 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 41] | |
2299 | \f | |
2300 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2301 | ||
2302 | ||
2303 | -- and page, form and finishing | |
2304 | -- instructions. | |
2305 | -- IBM Corporation. | |
2306 | langREGIS(16), -- Remote Graphics Instruction Set, | |
2307 | -- Digital Equipment Corp., Maynard MA | |
2308 | langSCS(17), -- SNA Character String | |
2309 | -- Bi-directional print data stream for | |
2310 | -- SNA LU-1 mode of communication. | |
2311 | -- IBM | |
2312 | langSPDL(18), -- ISO 10180 Standard Page Description | |
2313 | -- Language | |
2314 | -- ISO Standard | |
2315 | langTEK4014(19), -- Tektronix Corp. | |
2316 | langPDS(20), | |
2317 | langIGP(21), -- Printronix Corp. | |
2318 | langCodeV(22), -- Magnum Code-V, Image and printer | |
2319 | -- control language used to control | |
2320 | -- impact/dot-matrix printers. | |
2321 | -- QMS, Inc., Mobile AL | |
2322 | langDSCDSE(23), -- DSC-DSE: Data Stream Compatible and | |
2323 | -- Emulation Bi-directional print data | |
2324 | -- stream for non-SNA (DSC) and SNA LU-3 | |
2325 | -- 3270 controller (DSE) communications | |
2326 | -- IBM | |
2327 | langWPS(24), -- Windows Printing System, Resource | |
2328 | -- based command/data stream used by | |
2329 | -- Microsoft At Work Peripherals. | |
2330 | -- Developed by the Microsoft | |
2331 | -- Corporation. | |
2332 | langLN03(25), -- Early DEC-PPL3, Digital Equipment | |
2333 | -- Corp. | |
2334 | langCCITT(26), | |
2335 | langQUIC(27), -- QUIC (Quality Information Code), Page | |
2336 | -- Description Language for laser | |
2337 | -- printers. Included graphics, printer | |
2338 | -- control capability and emulation of | |
2339 | -- other well-known printer. | |
2340 | -- QMS, Inc. | |
2341 | langCPAP(28), -- Common Printer Access Protocol | |
2342 | -- Digital Equipment Corp. | |
2343 | langDecPPL(29), -- Digital ANSI-Compliant Printing | |
2344 | -- Protocol | |
2345 | -- (DEC-PPL) | |
2346 | -- Digital Equipment Corp. | |
2347 | langSimpleText(30), | |
2348 | -- simple-text: character coded data, | |
2349 | -- including NUL, CR , LF, HT, and FF | |
2350 | -- control characters. See ISO 10175 | |
2351 | ||
2352 | ||
2353 | ||
2354 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 42] | |
2355 | \f | |
2356 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2357 | ||
2358 | ||
2359 | -- Document Printing Application (DPA) | |
2360 | -- [ISO10175]. | |
2361 | langNPAP(31), -- Network Printer Alliance Protocol | |
2362 | -- (NPAP). This protocol has been | |
2363 | -- superseded by the IEEE 1284.1 TIPSI | |
2364 | -- Std (ref. LangTIPSI(49)). | |
2365 | langDOC(32), -- Document Option Commands, Appears in | |
2366 | -- the data stream between data | |
2367 | -- intended for a page description. | |
2368 | -- QMS, Inc. | |
2369 | langimPress(33), -- imPRESS, Page description language | |
2370 | -- originally developed for the | |
2371 | -- ImageServer product line. A binary | |
2372 | -- language providing representations | |
2373 | -- of text, simple graphics, and some | |
2374 | -- large forms (simple | |
2375 | -- bit-map and CCITT group 3/4 | |
2376 | -- encoded).The | |
2377 | -- language was intended to be sent over | |
2378 | -- an 8-bit channel and supported early | |
2379 | -- document preparation languages (e.g., | |
2380 | -- TeX and TROFF). | |
2381 | -- QMS, Inc. | |
2382 | langPinwriter(34), | |
2383 | -- 24 wire dot matrix printer for | |
2384 | -- USA, Europe, and Asia except | |
2385 | -- Japan. | |
2386 | -- More widely used in Germany, and | |
2387 | -- some Asian countries than in US. | |
2388 | -- NEC | |
2389 | langNPDL(35), -- Page printer for Japanese market. | |
2390 | -- NEC | |
2391 | langNEC201PL(36), -- Serial printer language used in | |
2392 | -- the Japanese market. | |
2393 | -- NEC | |
2394 | langAutomatic(37), | |
2395 | -- Automatic PDL sensing. Automatic | |
2396 | -- sensing of the interpreter | |
2397 | -- language family by the printer | |
2398 | -- examining the document content. | |
2399 | -- Which actual interpreter language | |
2400 | -- families are sensed depends on | |
2401 | -- the printer implementation. | |
2402 | langPages(38), -- Page printer Advanced Graphic | |
2403 | -- Escape Set | |
2404 | -- IBM Japan | |
2405 | langLIPS(39), -- LBP Image Processing System | |
2406 | langTIFF(40), -- Tagged Image File Format (Aldus) | |
2407 | ||
2408 | ||
2409 | ||
2410 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 43] | |
2411 | \f | |
2412 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2413 | ||
2414 | ||
2415 | langDiagnostic(41), | |
2416 | -- A hex dump of the input to the | |
2417 | -- interpreter | |
2418 | langPSPrinter(42), | |
2419 | -- The PostScript Language used for | |
2420 | -- control (with any PDLs) | |
2421 | -- Adobe Systems Incorporated | |
2422 | langCaPSL(43), -- Canon Print Systems Language | |
2423 | langEXCL(44), -- Extended Command Language | |
2424 | -- Talaris Systems Inc. | |
2425 | langLCDS(45), -- Line Conditioned Data Stream | |
2426 | -- Xerox Corporation | |
2427 | langXES(46), -- Xerox Escape Sequences | |
2428 | -- Xerox Corporation | |
2429 | langPCLXL(47), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2430 | -- Printer Control Language. Extended | |
2431 | -- language features for printing, and | |
2432 | -- printer control. | |
2433 | -- Hewlett-Packard Co. | |
2434 | langART(48), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2435 | -- Advanced Rendering Tools (ART). | |
2436 | -- Page Description language | |
2437 | -- originally developed for the Laser | |
2438 | -- Press printers. | |
2439 | -- Technical reference manual: "ART IV | |
2440 | -- Reference Manual", No F33M. | |
2441 | -- Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | |
2442 | langTIPSI(49), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2443 | -- Transport Independent Printer | |
2444 | -- System Interface (ref. IEEE Std. | |
2445 | -- 1284.1) | |
2446 | langPrescribe(50), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2447 | -- Page description and printer | |
2448 | -- control language. It can be | |
2449 | -- described with ordinary ASCII | |
2450 | -- Technical reference manual: | |
2451 | -- "PRESCRIBE II Programming Manual" | |
2452 | langLinePrinter(51), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2453 | -- A simple-text character stream which | |
2454 | -- supports the control codes LF, VT, | |
2455 | -- FF, and plus Centronics or | |
2456 | -- Dataproducts Vertical Format Unit | |
2457 | -- (VFU) language is commonly used on | |
2458 | -- many older model line and matrix | |
2459 | -- printers. | |
2460 | langIDP(52), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2461 | -- Imaging Device Protocol | |
2462 | -- Apple Computer. | |
2463 | ||
2464 | ||
2465 | ||
2466 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 44] | |
2467 | \f | |
2468 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2469 | ||
2470 | ||
2471 | langXJCL(53), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2472 | -- Xerox Job Control Language (JCL). | |
2473 | -- A Job Control language originally | |
2474 | -- developed for the LaserPress printers | |
2475 | -- and is capable of switching PDLs. | |
2476 | -- Technical reference manual: | |
2477 | -- "ART IV Reference Manual", No F33M. | |
2478 | -- Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | |
2479 | langPDF(54), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2480 | -- Adobe Portable Document Format | |
2481 | -- Adobe Systems, Inc. | |
2482 | langRPDL(55), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2483 | -- Ricoh Page Description Language for | |
2484 | -- printers. | |
2485 | -- Technical manual "RPDL command | |
2486 | -- reference" No.307029 | |
2487 | -- RICOH, Co. LTD | |
2488 | langIntermecIPL(56), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2489 | -- Intermec Printer Language for label | |
2490 | -- printers. | |
2491 | -- Technical Manual: "IPL Programmers | |
2492 | -- Reference Manual" | |
2493 | -- Intermec Corporation | |
2494 | langUBIFingerprint(57), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2495 | -- An intelligent basic-like programming | |
2496 | -- language for label printers. | |
2497 | -- Reference Manual: "UBI Fingerprint | |
2498 | -- 7.1", No. 1-960434-00 | |
2499 | -- United Barcode Industries | |
2500 | langUBIDirectProtocol(58), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2501 | -- An intelligent control language for | |
2502 | -- label printers. | |
2503 | -- Programmers guide: " UBI Direct | |
2504 | -- Protocol", No. 1-960419-00 | |
2505 | -- United Barcode Industries | |
2506 | langFujitsu(59), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2507 | -- Fujitsu Printer Language | |
2508 | -- Reference Manual: | |
2509 | -- "FM Printer Sequence" No. 80HP-0770 | |
2510 | -- FUJITSU LIMITED | |
2511 | langCGM(60), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2512 | -- Computer Graphics Metafile | |
2513 | -- MIME type 'image/cgm' | |
2514 | langJPEG(61), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2515 | -- Joint Photographic Experts Group | |
2516 | -- MIME type 'image/jpeg' | |
2517 | langCALS1(62), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2518 | -- US DOD CALS1 (see MIL-STD-1840) | |
2519 | ||
2520 | ||
2521 | ||
2522 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 45] | |
2523 | \f | |
2524 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2525 | ||
2526 | ||
2527 | -- MIME type 'application/cals-1840' | |
2528 | langCALS2(63), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2529 | -- US DOD CALS2 (see MIL-STD-1840) | |
2530 | -- MIME type 'application/cals-1840' | |
2531 | langNIRS(64), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2532 | -- US DOD NIRS (see MIL-STD-1840) | |
2533 | -- MIME type 'application/cals-1840' | |
2534 | langC4(65) -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2535 | -- US DOD C4 (see MIL-STD-1840) | |
2536 | -- MIME type 'application/cals-1840' | |
2537 | } | |
2538 | ||
2539 | -- | |
2540 | -- Input/Output Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
2541 | -- | |
2542 | ||
2543 | PrtInputTypeTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2544 | -- This TC was extracted from prtInputType in RFC 1759. | |
2545 | STATUS current | |
2546 | DESCRIPTION | |
2547 | "The type of technology (discriminated primarily according to | |
2548 | feeder mechanism type) employed by a specific component or | |
2549 | components." | |
2550 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2551 | other(1), | |
2552 | unknown(2), | |
2553 | sheetFeedAutoRemovableTray(3), | |
2554 | sheetFeedAutoNonRemovableTray(4), | |
2555 | sheetFeedManual(5), | |
2556 | continuousRoll(6), | |
2557 | continuousFanFold(7) | |
2558 | } | |
2559 | ||
2560 | PrtOutputTypeTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2561 | -- This TC was extracted from prtOutputType in RFC 1759. | |
2562 | STATUS current | |
2563 | DESCRIPTION | |
2564 | "The Type of technology supported by this output subunit." | |
2565 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2566 | other(1), | |
2567 | unknown(2), | |
2568 | removableBin(3), | |
2569 | unRemovableBin(4), | |
2570 | continuousRollDevice(5), | |
2571 | mailBox(6), | |
2572 | continuousFanFold(7) | |
2573 | } | |
2574 | ||
2575 | ||
2576 | ||
2577 | ||
2578 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 46] | |
2579 | \f | |
2580 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2581 | ||
2582 | ||
2583 | -- | |
2584 | -- Marker Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
2585 | -- | |
2586 | ||
2587 | PrtMarkerMarkTechTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2588 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerMarkTech in RFC 1759. | |
2589 | STATUS current | |
2590 | DESCRIPTION | |
2591 | "The type of marking technology used for this marking | |
2592 | subunit." | |
2593 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2594 | other(1), | |
2595 | unknown(2), | |
2596 | electrophotographicLED(3), | |
2597 | electrophotographicLaser(4), | |
2598 | electrophotographicOther(5), | |
2599 | impactMovingHeadDotMatrix9pin(6), | |
2600 | impactMovingHeadDotMatrix24pin(7), | |
2601 | impactMovingHeadDotMatrixOther(8), | |
2602 | impactMovingHeadFullyFormed(9), | |
2603 | impactBand(10), | |
2604 | impactOther(11), | |
2605 | inkjetAqueous(12), | |
2606 | inkjetSolid(13), | |
2607 | inkjetOther(14), | |
2608 | pen(15), | |
2609 | thermalTransfer(16), | |
2610 | thermalSensitive(17), | |
2611 | thermalDiffusion(18), | |
2612 | thermalOther(19), | |
2613 | electroerosion(20), | |
2614 | electrostatic(21), | |
2615 | photographicMicrofiche(22), | |
2616 | photographicImagesetter(23), | |
2617 | photographicOther(24), | |
2618 | ionDeposition(25), | |
2619 | eBeam(26), | |
2620 | typesetter(27) | |
2621 | } | |
2622 | ||
2623 | PrtMarkerSuppliesTypeTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2624 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerSuppliesType in RFC 1759. | |
2625 | STATUS current | |
2626 | DESCRIPTION | |
2627 | "The type of this supply." | |
2628 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2629 | other(1), | |
2630 | unknown(2), | |
2631 | ||
2632 | ||
2633 | ||
2634 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 47] | |
2635 | \f | |
2636 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2637 | ||
2638 | ||
2639 | -- Values for Printer MIB | |
2640 | toner(3), | |
2641 | wasteToner(4), | |
2642 | ink(5), | |
2643 | inkCartridge(6), | |
2644 | inkRibbon(7), | |
2645 | wasteInk(8), | |
2646 | opc(9), -- photo conductor | |
2647 | developer(10), | |
2648 | fuserOil(11), | |
2649 | solidWax(12), | |
2650 | ribbonWax(13), | |
2651 | wasteWax(14), | |
2652 | fuser(15), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2653 | coronaWire(16), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2654 | fuserOilWick(17), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2655 | cleanerUnit(18), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2656 | fuserCleaningPad(19), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2657 | transferUnit(20), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2658 | tonerCartridge(21), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2659 | fuserOiler(22), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2660 | -- End of values for Printer MIB | |
2661 | -- Values for Finisher MIB | |
2662 | water(23), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2663 | wasteWater(24), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2664 | glueWaterAdditive(25),-- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2665 | wastePaper(26), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2666 | bindingSupply(27), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2667 | bandingSupply(28), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2668 | stitchingWire(29), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2669 | shrinkWrap(30), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2670 | paperWrap(31), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2671 | staples(32), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2672 | inserts(33), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2673 | covers(34) -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2674 | -- End of values for Finisher MIB | |
2675 | } | |
2676 | ||
2677 | -- | |
2678 | -- Media Path TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
2679 | -- | |
2680 | ||
2681 | PrtMediaPathTypeTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2682 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMediaPathType in RFC 1759. | |
2683 | STATUS current | |
2684 | DESCRIPTION | |
2685 | "The type of the media path for this media path." | |
2686 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2687 | ||
2688 | ||
2689 | ||
2690 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 48] | |
2691 | \f | |
2692 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2693 | ||
2694 | ||
2695 | other(1), | |
2696 | unknown(2), | |
2697 | longEdgeBindingDuplex(3), | |
2698 | shortEdgeBindingDuplex(4), | |
2699 | simplex(5) | |
2700 | } | |
2701 | ||
2702 | -- | |
2703 | -- Console Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
2704 | -- | |
2705 | ||
2706 | PrtConsoleColorTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2707 | -- This TC was extracted from prtConsoleColor in RFC 1759. | |
2708 | STATUS current | |
2709 | DESCRIPTION | |
2710 | "The color of this light." | |
2711 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2712 | other(1), | |
2713 | unknown(2), | |
2714 | white(3), | |
2715 | red(4), | |
2716 | green(5), | |
2717 | blue(6), | |
2718 | cyan(7), | |
2719 | magenta(8), | |
2720 | yellow(9), | |
2721 | orange(10) -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2722 | } | |
2723 | ||
2724 | PrtConsoleDisableTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2725 | -- This TC was extracted from prtConsoleDisable in RFC 1759. | |
2726 | STATUS current | |
2727 | DESCRIPTION | |
2728 | "This value indicates whether or not input is accepted from | |
2729 | the operator console. A value of 'enabled' indicates that | |
2730 | input is accepted from the console, and a value of 'disabled' | |
2731 | indicates that input is not accepted from the console. " | |
2732 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2733 | enabled(3), | |
2734 | disabled(4) | |
2735 | } | |
2736 | ||
2737 | -- | |
2738 | -- Alert Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
2739 | -- | |
2740 | ||
2741 | PrtAlertTrainingLevelTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2742 | -- This TC was extracted from prtAlertTrainingLevel in RFC 1759. | |
2743 | ||
2744 | ||
2745 | ||
2746 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 49] | |
2747 | \f | |
2748 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2749 | ||
2750 | ||
2751 | STATUS current | |
2752 | DESCRIPTION | |
2753 | "The level of training required to handle this alert, if | |
2754 | human intervention is required. The noInterventionRequired | |
2755 | value should be used if the event does not require any human | |
2756 | intervention. The training level is an enumeration that is | |
2757 | determined and assigned by the printer manufacturer based on | |
2758 | the information or training required to handle this alert. | |
2759 | The printer will break alerts into these different training | |
2760 | levels. It is the responsibility of a management application | |
2761 | in the system to determine how a particular alert is handled | |
2762 | and how and to whom that alert is routed. The following are | |
2763 | the four training levels of alerts: | |
2764 | ||
2765 | Field Service - Alerts that typically require advanced | |
2766 | training and technical knowledge of the printer and its | |
2767 | subunits. An example of a technical person would be a | |
2768 | manufacturer's Field Service representative, or other | |
2769 | person formally trained by the manufacturer or similar | |
2770 | representative. | |
2771 | Trained - Alerts that require an intermediate or moderate | |
2772 | knowledge of the printer and its subunits. A typical | |
2773 | example of such an alert is replacing a toner cartridge. | |
2774 | Untrained - Alerts that can be fixed without prior | |
2775 | training either because the action to correct the alert | |
2776 | is obvious or the printer can help the untrained person | |
2777 | fix the problem. A typical example of such an alert is | |
2778 | reloading paper trays or emptying output bins on a low | |
2779 | end printer. | |
2780 | Management - Alerts that have to do with overall operation | |
2781 | of and configuration of the printer. Examples of such | |
2782 | management events are configuration change of subunits." | |
2783 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2784 | other(1), | |
2785 | unknown(2), | |
2786 | untrained(3), | |
2787 | trained(4), | |
2788 | fieldService(5), | |
2789 | management(6), | |
2790 | noInterventionRequired(7) -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2791 | } | |
2792 | ||
2793 | PrtAlertGroupTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2794 | -- Values in the range 1 to 29 must not be IANA-assigned without | |
2795 | -- re-publishing Printer MIB. | |
2796 | -- Values of 30 and greater are for use in MIBs that augment | |
2797 | -- the Printer MIB, such as the Finisher MIB. | |
2798 | -- This TC extracted from prtAlertGroup in RFC 1759. | |
2799 | ||
2800 | ||
2801 | ||
2802 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 50] | |
2803 | \f | |
2804 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2805 | ||
2806 | ||
2807 | STATUS current | |
2808 | DESCRIPTION | |
2809 | "The type of subunit within the printer model that this alert | |
2810 | is related. Input, output, and markers are examples of | |
2811 | printer model groups, i.e., examples of types of subunits. | |
2812 | Wherever possible, the enumerations match the sub-identifier | |
2813 | that identifies the relevant table in the Printer MIB. | |
2814 | ||
2815 | NOTE: Alert type codes have been added for the Host Resources | |
2816 | MIB storage table and device table. These additional types | |
2817 | are for situations in which the printer's storage and device | |
2818 | objects must generate alerts (and possibly traps for critical | |
2819 | alerts)." | |
2820 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2821 | other(1), | |
2822 | -- (2) is reserved for conformance information | |
2823 | -- Values for Host Resources MIB | |
2824 | hostResourcesMIBStorageTable(3), | |
2825 | hostResourcesMIBDeviceTable(4), | |
2826 | -- Values for Printer MIB | |
2827 | generalPrinter(5), | |
2828 | cover(6), | |
2829 | localization(7), | |
2830 | input(8), | |
2831 | output(9), | |
2832 | marker(10), | |
2833 | markerSupplies(11), | |
2834 | markerColorant(12), | |
2835 | mediaPath(13), | |
2836 | channel(14), | |
2837 | interpreter(15), | |
2838 | consoleDisplayBuffer(16), | |
2839 | consoleLights(17), | |
2840 | alert(18), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2841 | -- Values (5) to (29) reserved for Printer MIB | |
2842 | -- Values for Finisher MIB | |
2843 | finDevice(30), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2844 | finSupply(31), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2845 | finSupplyMediaInput(32), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2846 | finAttribute(33) -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2847 | -- Values (30) to (39) reserved for Finisher MIB | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | ||
2850 | PrtAlertCodeTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
2851 | -- This TC was extracted from prtAlertCode in RFC 1759. | |
2852 | STATUS current | |
2853 | DESCRIPTION | |
2854 | "The code that describes the type of alert for this entry in | |
2855 | ||
2856 | ||
2857 | ||
2858 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 51] | |
2859 | \f | |
2860 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2861 | ||
2862 | ||
2863 | the table. Binary change event alerts describe states of the | |
2864 | subunit while unary change event alerts describe a single | |
2865 | event. The same alert code can be used for a binary change | |
2866 | event or a unary change event, depending on implementation. | |
2867 | Also, the same alert code can be used to indicate a critical | |
2868 | or non-critical (warning) alert, depending on implementation. | |
2869 | The value of prtAlertSeverityLevel specifies binary vs. unary | |
2870 | and critical vs. non-critical for each event for the | |
2871 | implementation. | |
2872 | ||
2873 | While there are some specific codes for many subunits, the | |
2874 | generic codes should be used for most subunit alerts. The | |
2875 | network management station can then query the subunit | |
2876 | specified by prtAlertGroup to determine further subunit | |
2877 | status and other subunit information. | |
2878 | ||
2879 | An agent shall not add two entries to the alert table for the | |
2880 | same event, one containing a generic event code and the other | |
2881 | containing a specific event code; the agent shall add only | |
2882 | one entry in the alert table for each event; either generic | |
2883 | (preferred) or specific, not both. | |
2884 | ||
2885 | Implementation of the unary change event | |
2886 | alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEntry(1801) is optional. When | |
2887 | implemented, this alert code shall indicate to network | |
2888 | management stations that the trailing edge of a binary change | |
2889 | event has occurred and the corresponding alert entry has been | |
2890 | removed from the alert table. As with all events, the | |
2891 | alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEntry(1801) alert shall be placed | |
2892 | at the end of the alert table. Such an alert table entry | |
2893 | shall specify the following information: | |
2894 | ||
2895 | prtAlertSeverityLevel warningUnaryChangeEvent(4) | |
2896 | prtAlertTrainingLevel noInterventionRequired(7) | |
2897 | prtAlertGroup alert(18) | |
2898 | prtAlertGroupIndex the index of the row in the | |
2899 | alert table of the binary | |
2900 | change event that this event | |
2901 | has removed. | |
2902 | prtAlertLocation unknown (-2) | |
2903 | prtAlertCode alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEntry(1801) | |
2904 | prtAlertDescription <description or null string> | |
2905 | prtAlertTime the value of sysUpTime at | |
2906 | the time of the removal of the | |
2907 | binary change event from the | |
2908 | alert table. | |
2909 | ||
2910 | Optionally, the agent may generate a trap coincident with | |
2911 | ||
2912 | ||
2913 | ||
2914 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 52] | |
2915 | \f | |
2916 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2917 | ||
2918 | ||
2919 | removing the binary change event and placing the unary change | |
2920 | event alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEntry(1801) in the alert | |
2921 | table. For such a trap, the prtAlertIndex sent with the above | |
2922 | trap parameters shall be the index of the | |
2923 | alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEvent row that was added to the | |
2924 | prtAlertTable; not the index of the row that was removed from | |
2925 | the prtAlertTable." | |
2926 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
2927 | other(1), | |
2928 | -- an event that is not represented | |
2929 | -- by one of the alert codes | |
2930 | -- specified below. | |
2931 | unknown(2), | |
2932 | -- The following generic codes are common to | |
2933 | -- multiple groups. The NMS may examine the | |
2934 | -- prtAlertGroup object to determine what group | |
2935 | -- to query for further information. | |
2936 | coverOpen(3), | |
2937 | coverClosed(4), | |
2938 | interlockOpen(5), | |
2939 | interlockClosed(6), | |
2940 | configurationChange(7), | |
2941 | jam(8), | |
2942 | subunitMissing(9), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2943 | -- The subunit tray, bin, etc. | |
2944 | -- has been removed. | |
2945 | subunitLifeAlmostOver(10), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2946 | subunitLifeOver(11), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2947 | subunitAlmostEmpty(12), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2948 | subunitEmpty(13), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2949 | subunitAlmostFull(14), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2950 | subunitFull(15), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2951 | subunitNearLimit(16), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2952 | subunitAtLimit(17), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2953 | subunitOpened(18), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2954 | subunitClosed(19), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2955 | subunitTurnedOn(20), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2956 | subunitTurnedOff(21), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2957 | subunitOffline(22), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2958 | subunitPowerSaver(23), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2959 | subunitWarmingUp(24), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2960 | subunitAdded(25), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2961 | subunitRemoved(26), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2962 | subunitResourceAdded(27), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2963 | subunitResourceRemoved(28), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2964 | subunitRecoverableFailure(29), | |
2965 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2966 | subunitUnrecoverableFailure(30), | |
2967 | ||
2968 | ||
2969 | ||
2970 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 53] | |
2971 | \f | |
2972 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
2973 | ||
2974 | ||
2975 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2976 | subunitRecoverableStorageError(31), | |
2977 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2978 | subunitUnrecoverableStorageError(32), | |
2979 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2980 | subunitMotorFailure(33), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2981 | subunitMemoryExhausted(34), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2982 | subunitUnderTemperature(35), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2983 | subunitOverTemperature(36), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2984 | subunitTimingFailure(37), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2985 | subunitThermistorFailure(38), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2986 | ||
2987 | -- General Printer group | |
2988 | doorOpen(501), -- DEPRECATED | |
2989 | -- Use coverOpened(3) | |
2990 | doorClosed(502), -- DEPRECATED | |
2991 | -- Use coverClosed(4) | |
2992 | powerUp(503), | |
2993 | powerDown(504), | |
2994 | printerNMSReset(505), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2995 | -- The printer has been reset by some | |
2996 | -- network management station(NMS) | |
2997 | -- writing into 'prtGeneralReset'. | |
2998 | printerManualReset(506), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
2999 | -- The printer has been reset manually. | |
3000 | printerReadyToPrint(507), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3001 | -- The printer is ready to print. (i.e., | |
3002 | -- not warming up, not in power save | |
3003 | -- state, not adjusting print quality, | |
3004 | -- etc.). | |
3005 | ||
3006 | -- Input Group | |
3007 | inputMediaTrayMissing(801), | |
3008 | inputMediaSizeChange(802), | |
3009 | inputMediaWeightChange(803), | |
3010 | inputMediaTypeChange(804), | |
3011 | inputMediaColorChange(805), | |
3012 | inputMediaFormPartsChange(806), | |
3013 | inputMediaSupplyLow(807), | |
3014 | inputMediaSupplyEmpty(808), | |
3015 | inputMediaChangeRequest(809), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3016 | -- An interpreter has detected that a | |
3017 | -- different medium is need in this input | |
3018 | -- tray subunit. The prtAlertDescription may | |
3019 | -- be used to convey a human readable | |
3020 | -- description of the medium required to | |
3021 | -- satisfy the request. | |
3022 | inputManualInputRequest(810), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3023 | ||
3024 | ||
3025 | ||
3026 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 54] | |
3027 | \f | |
3028 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3029 | ||
3030 | ||
3031 | -- An interpreter has detected that manual | |
3032 | -- input is required in this subunit. The | |
3033 | -- prtAlertDescription may be used to convey | |
3034 | -- a human readable description of the medium | |
3035 | -- required to satisfy the request. | |
3036 | inputTrayPositionFailure(811), -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3037 | -- The input tray failed to position correctly. | |
3038 | inputTrayElevationFailure(812), | |
3039 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3040 | inputCannotFeedSizeSelected(813), | |
3041 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3042 | -- Output Group | |
3043 | outputMediaTrayMissing(901), | |
3044 | outputMediaTrayAlmostFull(902), | |
3045 | outputMediaTrayFull(903), | |
3046 | outputMailboxSelectFailure(904), | |
3047 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3048 | -- Marker group | |
3049 | markerFuserUnderTemperature(1001), | |
3050 | markerFuserOverTemperature(1002), | |
3051 | markerFuserTimingFailure(1003), | |
3052 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3053 | markerFuserThermistorFailure(1004), | |
3054 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3055 | markerAdjustingPrintQuality(1005), | |
3056 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3057 | -- Marker Supplies group | |
3058 | markerTonerEmpty(1101), | |
3059 | markerInkEmpty(1102), | |
3060 | markerPrintRibbonEmpty(1103), | |
3061 | markerTonerAlmostEmpty(1104), | |
3062 | markerInkAlmostEmpty(1105), | |
3063 | markerPrintRibbonAlmostEmpty(1106), | |
3064 | markerWasteTonerReceptacleAlmostFull(1107), | |
3065 | markerWasteInkReceptacleAlmostFull(1108), | |
3066 | markerWasteTonerReceptacleFull(1109), | |
3067 | markerWasteInkReceptacleFull(1110), | |
3068 | markerOpcLifeAlmostOver(1111), | |
3069 | markerOpcLifeOver(1112), | |
3070 | markerDeveloperAlmostEmpty(1113), | |
3071 | markerDeveloperEmpty(1114), | |
3072 | markerTonerCartridgeMissing(1115), | |
3073 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3074 | -- Media Path Device Group | |
3075 | mediaPathMediaTrayMissing(1301), | |
3076 | mediaPathMediaTrayAlmostFull(1302), | |
3077 | mediaPathMediaTrayFull(1303), | |
3078 | mediaPathCannotDuplexMediaSelected(1304), | |
3079 | ||
3080 | ||
3081 | ||
3082 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 55] | |
3083 | \f | |
3084 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3085 | ||
3086 | ||
3087 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3088 | -- Interpreter Group | |
3089 | interpreterMemoryIncrease(1501), | |
3090 | interpreterMemoryDecrease(1502), | |
3091 | interpreterCartridgeAdded(1503), | |
3092 | interpreterCartridgeDeleted(1504), | |
3093 | interpreterResourceAdded(1505), | |
3094 | interpreterResourceDeleted(1506), | |
3095 | interpreterResourceUnavailable(1507), | |
3096 | interpreterComplexPageEncountered(1509), | |
3097 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3098 | -- The interpreter has encountered a page | |
3099 | -- that is too complex for the resources that | |
3100 | -- are available. | |
3101 | -- Alert Group | |
3102 | alertRemovalOfBinaryChangeEntry(1801) | |
3103 | -- Not in RFC 1759 | |
3104 | -- A binary change event entry has been | |
3105 | -- removed from the alert table. This unary | |
3106 | -- change alert table entry is added to the | |
3107 | -- end of the alert table. | |
3108 | } | |
3109 | END | |
3110 | ||
3111 | 6. The Printer MIB | |
3112 | ||
3113 | Printer-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN | |
3114 | ||
3115 | IMPORTS | |
3116 | MODULE-IDENTITY, OBJECT-TYPE, Counter32, Integer32, TimeTicks, | |
3117 | NOTIFICATION-TYPE, OBJECT-IDENTITY, | |
3118 | mib-2 FROM SNMPv2-SMI -- [RFC2578] | |
3119 | TEXTUAL-CONVENTION FROM SNMPv2-TC -- [RFC2579] | |
3120 | MODULE-COMPLIANCE, OBJECT-GROUP, NOTIFICATION-GROUP | |
3121 | FROM SNMPv2-CONF -- [RFC2580] | |
3122 | hrDeviceIndex, hrStorageIndex FROM HOST-RESOURCES-MIB -- [RFC2790] | |
3123 | InterfaceIndexOrZero FROM IF-MIB -- [RFC2863] | |
3124 | PrtCoverStatusTC, PrtGeneralResetTC, PrtChannelTypeTC, | |
3125 | PrtInterpreterLangFamilyTC, PrtInputTypeTC, PrtOutputTypeTC, | |
3126 | PrtMarkerMarkTechTC, PrtMarkerSuppliesTypeTC, PrtConsoleColorTC, | |
3127 | PrtConsoleDisableTC, PrtMediaPathTypeTC, PrtAlertGroupTC, | |
3128 | PrtAlertTrainingLevelTC, PrtAlertCodeTC | |
3129 | FROM IANA-PRINTER-MIB | |
3130 | IANACharset FROM IANA-CHARSET-MIB; | |
3131 | ||
3132 | printmib MODULE-IDENTITY | |
3133 | LAST-UPDATED "200406020000Z" | |
3134 | ORGANIZATION "PWG IEEE/ISTO Printer Working Group" | |
3135 | ||
3136 | ||
3137 | ||
3138 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 56] | |
3139 | \f | |
3140 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3141 | ||
3142 | ||
3143 | CONTACT-INFO | |
3144 | "Harry Lewis | |
3145 | IBM | |
3146 | Phone (303) 924-5337 | |
3147 | Email: harryl@us.ibm.com | |
3148 | http://www.pwg.org/index.html | |
3149 | ||
3150 | Send comments to the printmib WG using the Printer MIB | |
3151 | Project (PMP) Mailing List: pmp@pwg.org | |
3152 | ||
3153 | For further information, access the PWG web page under 'Printer | |
3154 | MIB': http://www.pwg.org/ | |
3155 | ||
3156 | Implementers of this specification are encouraged to join the | |
3157 | pmp mailing list in order to participate in discussions on any | |
3158 | clarifications needed and registration proposals being reviewed | |
3159 | in order to achieve consensus." | |
3160 | DESCRIPTION | |
3161 | "The MIB module for management of printers. | |
3162 | Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). This | |
3163 | version of this MIB module was published | |
3164 | in RFC 3805. For full legal notices see the RFC itself." | |
3165 | REVISION "200406020000Z" | |
3166 | DESCRIPTION | |
3167 | "Printer MIB v2. | |
3168 | Moved all enum groups to be maintained by IANA into new TCs | |
3169 | within the ianaPrinterMIB, which is contained in this | |
3170 | document. | |
3171 | New TCs created from enums defined within RFC 1759 Objects: | |
3172 | PrtPrintOrientationTC, PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
3173 | PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC, PrtChannelStateTC, | |
3174 | PrtOutputStackingOrderTC, PrtOutputPageDeliveryOrientationTC, | |
3175 | PrtMarkerCounterUnitTC, PrtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnitTC, | |
3176 | PrtMarkerSuppliesClassTC, PrtMarkerAddressabilityUnitTC, | |
3177 | PrtMarkerColorantRoleTC, PrtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnitTC, | |
3178 | PrtInterpreterTwoWayTC, and PrtAlertSeverityLevelTC. | |
3179 | The following four TCs have been deprecated: | |
3180 | MediaUnit (replaced by PrtMediaUnitTC), | |
3181 | CapacityUnit (replaced by PrtCapacityUnitTC), | |
3182 | SubUnitStatus (replaced by PrtSubUnitStatusTC), | |
3183 | CodedCharSet (replaced by IANACharset in IANA Charset MIB) | |
3184 | Five new OBJECT-GROUPs: prtAuxilliarySheetGroup, | |
3185 | prtInputSwitchingGroup, prtGeneralV2Group, | |
3186 | prtAlertTableV2Group, prtChannelV2Group. | |
3187 | Nine new objects added to those groups: | |
3188 | prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage, prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage, | |
3189 | prtGeneralPrinterName, prtGeneralSerialNumber, | |
3190 | prtAlertCriticalEvents, prtAlertAllEvents, | |
3191 | ||
3192 | ||
3193 | ||
3194 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 57] | |
3195 | \f | |
3196 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3197 | ||
3198 | ||
3199 | prtInputMediaLoadTimeout, prtInputNextIndex, | |
3200 | prtChannelInformation. | |
3201 | SYNTAX range changed from (0..65535) to (1..65535) for the | |
3202 | index objects prtStorageRefSeqNumber, prtDeviceRefSeqNumber, | |
3203 | and prtConsoleLightIndex. | |
3204 | SYNTAX range changed from (0..65535) to (0..2147483647) for the | |
3205 | objects prtStorageRefIndex and prtDeviceRefIndex to agree | |
3206 | with the Host Resources MIB. | |
3207 | Defined a range for the objects with a SYNTAX of Integer32: | |
3208 | prtOutputDefaultIndex, prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared, | |
3209 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared, prtInputMaxCapacity, | |
3210 | prtInputCurrentLevel, prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen, | |
3211 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen, prtInputMediaWeight, | |
3212 | prtInputMediaFormParts, prtOutputIndex, | |
3213 | prtOutputMaxCapacity, prtOutputRemainingCapacity, | |
3214 | prtOutputMaxDimFeedDir, prtOutputMaxDimXFeedDir, | |
3215 | prtOutputMinDimFeedDir, prtOutputMinDimXFeedDir, | |
3216 | prtMarkerAddressibilityFeedDir, | |
3217 | prtMarkerAddressibilityXFeedDir, prtMarkerNorthMargin, | |
3218 | prtMarkerSouthMargin, prtMarkerWestMargin, | |
3219 | prtMarkerEastMargin, prtMarkerSuppliesMaxCapacity, | |
3220 | prtMarkerSuppliesLevel, prtMarkerColorantTonality, | |
3221 | prtMediaPathMaxSpeed, prtMediaPathMaxMediaFeedDir, | |
3222 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaXFeedDir, prtMediaPathMinMediaFeedDir, | |
3223 | prtMediaPathMinMediaXFeedDir, prtChannelIndex, | |
3224 | prtChannelCurrentJobCntlLangIndex, prtInterpreterIndex, | |
3225 | prtChannelDefaultPageDescLangIndex, prtConsoleOnTime, | |
3226 | prtInterpreterFeedAddressibility, prtConsoleOffTime, | |
3227 | prtInterpreterXFeedAddressibility, prtAlertIndex, | |
3228 | prtAlertGroupIndex, prtAlertLocation. | |
3229 | Changed SYNTAX from Integer32 to InterfaceIndexOrZero for | |
3230 | prtChannelIfIndex. | |
3231 | Changed MAX-ACCESS of prtAlertIndex from not-accessible to | |
3232 | Read-only and added a compliance statement to allow a | |
3233 | MIN-ACCESS of accessible-for-notify. | |
3234 | One new NOTIFICATION-GROUP: prtAlertTrapGroup which contains | |
3235 | printerV2Alert. | |
3236 | In MODULE-COMPLIANCE prtMIBCompliance, new OBJECT-GROUPs and | |
3237 | the NOTIFICATION_GROUP, all in GROUP (not MANDATORY-GROUP) | |
3238 | clauses. The nine new objects are optional, i.e., this | |
3239 | document is backward compatible with RFC 1759." | |
3240 | REVISION "199411250000Z" | |
3241 | DESCRIPTION | |
3242 | "The original version of this MIB, published as RFC1759." | |
3243 | ::= { mib-2 43 } | |
3244 | ||
3245 | ||
3246 | ||
3247 | ||
3248 | ||
3249 | ||
3250 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 58] | |
3251 | \f | |
3252 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3253 | ||
3254 | ||
3255 | -- TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs for this MIB module | |
3256 | -- | |
3257 | -- Generic unspecific TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3258 | -- | |
3259 | ||
3260 | PrtMediaUnitTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3261 | -- Replaces MediaUnit in RFC 1759. | |
3262 | STATUS current | |
3263 | DESCRIPTION | |
3264 | "Units of measure for media dimensions." | |
3265 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3266 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3267 | micrometers(4) | |
3268 | } | |
3269 | ||
3270 | MediaUnit ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3271 | -- Replaced by PrtMediaUnitTC. | |
3272 | STATUS deprecated | |
3273 | DESCRIPTION | |
3274 | "Units of measure for media dimensions." | |
3275 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3276 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3277 | micrometers(4) | |
3278 | } | |
3279 | ||
3280 | PrtCapacityUnitTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3281 | -- Replaces CapacityUnit in RFC 1759. | |
3282 | STATUS current | |
3283 | DESCRIPTION | |
3284 | "Units of measure for media capacity." | |
3285 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3286 | other(1), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3287 | unknown(2), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3288 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3289 | micrometers(4), | |
3290 | sheets(8), | |
3291 | feet(16), | |
3292 | meters(17), | |
3293 | -- Values for Finisher MIB | |
3294 | items(18), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3295 | percent(19) -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3296 | } | |
3297 | ||
3298 | CapacityUnit ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3299 | -- Replaced by PrtCapacityUnitTC. | |
3300 | STATUS deprecated | |
3301 | DESCRIPTION | |
3302 | "Units of measure for media capacity." | |
3303 | ||
3304 | ||
3305 | ||
3306 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 59] | |
3307 | \f | |
3308 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3309 | ||
3310 | ||
3311 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3312 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3313 | micrometers(4), | |
3314 | sheets(8), | |
3315 | feet(16), | |
3316 | meters(17) | |
3317 | } | |
3318 | ||
3319 | PrtPrintOrientationTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3320 | -- This TC was extracted from prtInterpreterDefaultOrientation in | |
3321 | -- RFC 1759. | |
3322 | STATUS current | |
3323 | DESCRIPTION | |
3324 | "A generic representation for printing orientation on a | |
3325 | 'page'." | |
3326 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3327 | other(1), | |
3328 | portrait(3), | |
3329 | landscape(4) | |
3330 | } | |
3331 | ||
3332 | PrtSubUnitStatusTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3333 | -- Replaces SubUnitStatus in RFC 1759. | |
3334 | STATUS current | |
3335 | DESCRIPTION | |
3336 | "Status of a printer sub-unit. | |
3337 | ||
3338 | The SubUnitStatus is an integer that is the sum of 5 distinct | |
3339 | values, Availability, Non-Critical, Critical, On-line, and | |
3340 | Transitioning. These values are: | |
3341 | ||
3342 | Availability Value | |
3343 | ||
3344 | Available and Idle 0 0000'b | |
3345 | Available and Standby 2 0010'b | |
3346 | Available and Active 4 0100'b | |
3347 | Available and Busy 6 0110'b | |
3348 | Unavailable and OnRequest 1 0001'b | |
3349 | Unavailable because Broken 3 0011'b | |
3350 | Unknown 5 0101'b | |
3351 | ||
3352 | Non-Critical | |
3353 | No Non-Critical Alerts 0 0000'b | |
3354 | Non-Critical Alerts 8 1000'b | |
3355 | ||
3356 | Critical | |
3357 | ||
3358 | No Critical Alerts 0 0000'b | |
3359 | ||
3360 | ||
3361 | ||
3362 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 60] | |
3363 | \f | |
3364 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3365 | ||
3366 | ||
3367 | Critical Alerts 16 1 0000'b | |
3368 | ||
3369 | On-Line | |
3370 | ||
3371 | State is On-Line 0 0000'b | |
3372 | State is Off-Line 32 10 0000'b | |
3373 | ||
3374 | Transitioning | |
3375 | ||
3376 | At intended state 0 0000'b | |
3377 | Transitioning to intended state 64 100 0000'b" | |
3378 | ||
3379 | SYNTAX INTEGER (0..126) | |
3380 | ||
3381 | SubUnitStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3382 | -- Replaced by PrtSubUnitStatusTC. | |
3383 | STATUS deprecated | |
3384 | DESCRIPTION | |
3385 | "Status of a printer sub-unit. | |
3386 | ||
3387 | The SubUnitStatus is an integer that is the sum of 5 distinct | |
3388 | values, Availability, Non-Critical, Critical, On-line, and | |
3389 | Transitioning. These values are: | |
3390 | ||
3391 | Availability Value | |
3392 | Available and Idle 0 0000'b | |
3393 | Available and Standby 2 0010'b | |
3394 | Available and Active 4 0100'b | |
3395 | Available and Busy 6 0110'b | |
3396 | Unavailable and OnRequest 1 0001'b | |
3397 | Unavailable because Broken 3 0011'b | |
3398 | Unknown 5 0101'b | |
3399 | ||
3400 | Non-Critical | |
3401 | No Non-Critical Alerts 0 0000'b | |
3402 | Non-Critical Alerts 8 1000'b | |
3403 | ||
3404 | Critical | |
3405 | ||
3406 | No Critical Alerts 0 0000'b | |
3407 | Critical Alerts 16 1 0000'b | |
3408 | ||
3409 | On-Line | |
3410 | ||
3411 | State is On-Line 0 0000'b | |
3412 | State is Off-Line 32 10 0000'b | |
3413 | ||
3414 | Transitioning | |
3415 | ||
3416 | ||
3417 | ||
3418 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 61] | |
3419 | \f | |
3420 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3421 | ||
3422 | ||
3423 | At intended state 0 0000'b | |
3424 | Transitioning to intended state 64 100 0000'b" | |
3425 | ||
3426 | SYNTAX INTEGER (0..126) | |
3427 | ||
3428 | PresentOnOff ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3429 | STATUS current | |
3430 | DESCRIPTION | |
3431 | "Presence and configuration of a device or feature." | |
3432 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3433 | other(1), | |
3434 | on(3), | |
3435 | off(4), | |
3436 | notPresent(5) | |
3437 | } | |
3438 | ||
3439 | PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3440 | -- This TC did not appear in RFC 1759. | |
3441 | STATUS current | |
3442 | DESCRIPTION | |
3443 | "An object MUST use this TEXTUAL-CONVENTION when its | |
3444 | 'charset' is controlled by the value of | |
3445 | prtGeneralCurrentLocalization." | |
3446 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) | |
3447 | ||
3448 | PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3449 | -- This TC did not appear in RFC 1759. | |
3450 | STATUS current | |
3451 | DESCRIPTION | |
3452 | "An object MUST use this TEXTUAL-CONVENTION when its | |
3453 | 'charset' is controlled by the value of | |
3454 | prtConsoleLocalization." | |
3455 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) | |
3456 | ||
3457 | CodedCharSet ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3458 | ||
3459 | -- Replaced by IANACharset TEXTUAL-CONVENTION in IANA Charset MIB. | |
3460 | STATUS deprecated | |
3461 | DESCRIPTION | |
3462 | "The original description clause from RFC 1759 [RFC1759] was | |
3463 | technically inaccurate and therefore has been deleted." | |
3464 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3465 | other(1) -- used if the designated coded | |
3466 | -- character set is not currently in | |
3467 | -- the enumeration | |
3468 | } | |
3469 | ||
3470 | -- | |
3471 | ||
3472 | ||
3473 | ||
3474 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 62] | |
3475 | \f | |
3476 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3477 | ||
3478 | ||
3479 | -- Channel Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3480 | -- | |
3481 | ||
3482 | PrtChannelStateTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3483 | -- This TC was extracted from prtChannelState in RFC 1759. | |
3484 | STATUS current | |
3485 | DESCRIPTION | |
3486 | "The state of this print job delivery channel. The value | |
3487 | determines whether print data is allowed through this channel." | |
3488 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3489 | other(1), | |
3490 | printDataAccepted(3), | |
3491 | noDataAccepted(4) | |
3492 | } | |
3493 | ||
3494 | -- | |
3495 | -- Input/Output Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3496 | -- | |
3497 | ||
3498 | PrtOutputStackingOrderTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3499 | -- This TC was extracted from prtOutputStackingOrder in RFC 1759. | |
3500 | STATUS current | |
3501 | DESCRIPTION | |
3502 | "The current state of the stacking order for the associated | |
3503 | output sub-unit. 'firstToLast' means that as pages are output, | |
3504 | the front of the next page is placed against the back of the | |
3505 | previous page. 'lastToFirst' means that as pages are output, | |
3506 | the back of the next page is placed against the front of the | |
3507 | previous page." | |
3508 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3509 | unknown(2), | |
3510 | firstToLast(3), | |
3511 | lastToFirst(4) | |
3512 | } | |
3513 | ||
3514 | PrtOutputPageDeliveryOrientationTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3515 | -- This TC was extracted from prtOutputPageDeliveryOrientation | |
3516 | -- in RFC 1759. | |
3517 | STATUS current | |
3518 | DESCRIPTION | |
3519 | "The reading surface that will be 'up' when pages are delivered | |
3520 | to the associated output sub-unit. Values are Face-Up and Face | |
3521 | Down (Note: interpretation of these values is, in general, | |
3522 | context-dependent based on locale; presentation of these values | |
3523 | to an end-user should be normalized to the expectations of the | |
3524 | user." | |
3525 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3526 | faceUp(3), | |
3527 | ||
3528 | ||
3529 | ||
3530 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 63] | |
3531 | \f | |
3532 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3533 | ||
3534 | ||
3535 | faceDown(4) | |
3536 | } | |
3537 | ||
3538 | -- | |
3539 | -- Marker Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3540 | -- | |
3541 | ||
3542 | PrtMarkerCounterUnitTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3543 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerCounterUnit in RFC 1759. | |
3544 | STATUS current | |
3545 | DESCRIPTION | |
3546 | "The unit that will be used by the printer when reporting | |
3547 | counter values for this marking sub-unit. The | |
3548 | time units of measure are provided for a device like a | |
3549 | strip recorder that does not or cannot track the physical | |
3550 | dimensions of the media and does not use characters, | |
3551 | lines or sheets." | |
3552 | ||
3553 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3554 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3555 | micrometers(4), | |
3556 | characters(5), | |
3557 | lines(6), | |
3558 | impressions(7), | |
3559 | sheets(8), | |
3560 | dotRow(9), | |
3561 | hours(11), | |
3562 | feet(16), | |
3563 | meters(17) | |
3564 | } | |
3565 | ||
3566 | PrtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnitTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3567 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit | |
3568 | -- in RFC 1759. | |
3569 | STATUS current | |
3570 | DESCRIPTION | |
3571 | "Unit of this marker supply container/receptacle." | |
3572 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3573 | other(1), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3574 | unknown(2), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3575 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3576 | micrometers(4), | |
3577 | impressions(7), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3578 | sheets(8), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3579 | hours(11), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3580 | thousandthsOfOunces(12), | |
3581 | tenthsOfGrams(13), | |
3582 | hundrethsOfFluidOunces(14), | |
3583 | ||
3584 | ||
3585 | ||
3586 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 64] | |
3587 | \f | |
3588 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3589 | ||
3590 | ||
3591 | tenthsOfMilliliters(15), | |
3592 | feet(16), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3593 | meters(17), -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3594 | -- Values for Finisher MIB | |
3595 | items(18), -- e.g., #staples. New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3596 | percent(19) -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3597 | } | |
3598 | ||
3599 | PrtMarkerSuppliesClassTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3600 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerSuppliesClass in RFC 1759. | |
3601 | STATUS current | |
3602 | DESCRIPTION | |
3603 | "Indicates whether this supply entity represents a supply | |
3604 | that is consumed or a receptacle that is filled." | |
3605 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3606 | other(1), | |
3607 | supplyThatIsConsumed(3), | |
3608 | receptacleThatIsFilled(4) | |
3609 | } | |
3610 | ||
3611 | PrtMarkerColorantRoleTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3612 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerColorantRole in RFC 1759. | |
3613 | STATUS current | |
3614 | DESCRIPTION | |
3615 | "The role played by this colorant." | |
3616 | SYNTAX INTEGER { -- Colorant Role | |
3617 | other(1), | |
3618 | process(3), | |
3619 | spot(4) | |
3620 | } | |
3621 | ||
3622 | PrtMarkerAddressabilityUnitTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3623 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit | |
3624 | -- in RFC 1759. | |
3625 | STATUS current | |
3626 | DESCRIPTION | |
3627 | "The unit of measure of distances, as applied to the marker's | |
3628 | resolution." | |
3629 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3630 | tenThousandthsOfInches(3), -- .0001 | |
3631 | micrometers(4) | |
3632 | } | |
3633 | ||
3634 | -- | |
3635 | -- Media Path TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3636 | -- | |
3637 | ||
3638 | PrtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnitTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3639 | ||
3640 | ||
3641 | ||
3642 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 65] | |
3643 | \f | |
3644 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3645 | ||
3646 | ||
3647 | -- This TC was extracted from prtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnit | |
3648 | -- in RFC 1759. | |
3649 | STATUS current | |
3650 | DESCRIPTION | |
3651 | "The unit of measure used in specifying the speed of all | |
3652 | media paths in the printer." | |
3653 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3654 | tenThousandthsOfInchesPerHour(3),-- .0001/hour | |
3655 | micrometersPerHour(4), | |
3656 | charactersPerHour(5), | |
3657 | linesPerHour(6), | |
3658 | impressionsPerHour(7), | |
3659 | sheetsPerHour(8), | |
3660 | dotRowPerHour(9), | |
3661 | feetPerHour(16), | |
3662 | metersPerHour(17) | |
3663 | } | |
3664 | ||
3665 | -- | |
3666 | -- Interpreter Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3667 | -- | |
3668 | ||
3669 | PrtInterpreterTwoWayTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3670 | -- This TC was extracted from prtInterpreterTwoWay in RFC 1759. | |
3671 | STATUS current | |
3672 | DESCRIPTION | |
3673 | "Indicates whether or not this interpreter returns information | |
3674 | back to the host." | |
3675 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3676 | yes(3), | |
3677 | no(4) | |
3678 | } | |
3679 | ||
3680 | -- | |
3681 | -- Alert Group TEXTUAL-CONVENTIONs | |
3682 | -- | |
3683 | ||
3684 | PrtAlertSeverityLevelTC ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION | |
3685 | -- This TC was extracted from prtAlertSeverityLevel in RFC 1759. | |
3686 | STATUS current | |
3687 | DESCRIPTION | |
3688 | "The level of severity of this alert table entry. The printer | |
3689 | determines the severity level assigned to each entry in the | |
3690 | table. A critical alert is binary by nature and definition. A | |
3691 | warning is defined to be a non-critical alert. The original and | |
3692 | most common warning is unary. The binary warning was added later | |
3693 | and given a more distinguished name." | |
3694 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
3695 | ||
3696 | ||
3697 | ||
3698 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 66] | |
3699 | \f | |
3700 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3701 | ||
3702 | ||
3703 | other(1), | |
3704 | critical(3), | |
3705 | warning(4), | |
3706 | warningBinaryChangeEvent(5) -- New, not in RFC 1759 | |
3707 | } | |
3708 | ||
3709 | -- The General Printer Group | |
3710 | -- | |
3711 | -- The general printer sub-unit is responsible for the overall | |
3712 | -- control and status of the printer. There is exactly one | |
3713 | -- general printer sub-unit in a printer. | |
3714 | ||
3715 | prtGeneral OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 5 } | |
3716 | ||
3717 | prtGeneralTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
3718 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtGeneralEntry | |
3719 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
3720 | STATUS current | |
3721 | DESCRIPTION | |
3722 | "A table of general information per printer. | |
3723 | Objects in this table are defined in various | |
3724 | places in the MIB, nearby the groups to | |
3725 | which they apply. They are all defined | |
3726 | here to minimize the number of tables that would | |
3727 | otherwise need to exist." | |
3728 | ::= { prtGeneral 1 } | |
3729 | ||
3730 | prtGeneralEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
3731 | SYNTAX PrtGeneralEntry | |
3732 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
3733 | STATUS current | |
3734 | DESCRIPTION | |
3735 | "An entry exists in this table for each device entry in the | |
3736 | host resources MIB device table with a device type of | |
3737 | 'printer'. | |
3738 | ||
3739 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
3740 | for clarification." | |
3741 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex } | |
3742 | ::= { prtGeneralTable 1 } | |
3743 | ||
3744 | PrtGeneralEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
3745 | -- Note that not all of the objects in this sequence are in | |
3746 | -- the general printer group. The group to which an | |
3747 | -- object belongs is tagged with a label "General", "Input" | |
3748 | -- "Output", etc. after each entry in the following sequence. | |
3749 | -- | |
3750 | prtGeneralConfigChanges Counter32, -- General | |
3751 | ||
3752 | ||
3753 | ||
3754 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 67] | |
3755 | \f | |
3756 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3757 | ||
3758 | ||
3759 | prtGeneralCurrentLocalization Integer32, -- General | |
3760 | prtGeneralReset PrtGeneralResetTC, | |
3761 | -- General | |
3762 | prtGeneralCurrentOperator OCTET STRING, | |
3763 | -- Responsible Party | |
3764 | prtGeneralServicePerson OCTET STRING, | |
3765 | -- Responsible Party | |
3766 | prtInputDefaultIndex Integer32, -- Input | |
3767 | prtOutputDefaultIndex Integer32, -- Output | |
3768 | prtMarkerDefaultIndex Integer32, -- Marker | |
3769 | prtMediaPathDefaultIndex Integer32, -- Media Path | |
3770 | prtConsoleLocalization Integer32, -- Console | |
3771 | prtConsoleNumberOfDisplayLines Integer32, -- Console | |
3772 | prtConsoleNumberOfDisplayChars Integer32, -- Console | |
3773 | prtConsoleDisable PrtConsoleDisableTC, | |
3774 | -- Console, | |
3775 | prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage PresentOnOff, | |
3776 | -- AuxiliarySheet | |
3777 | prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage PresentOnOff, | |
3778 | -- AuxiliarySheet | |
3779 | prtGeneralPrinterName OCTET STRING, | |
3780 | -- General V2 | |
3781 | prtGeneralSerialNumber OCTET STRING, | |
3782 | -- General V2 | |
3783 | prtAlertCriticalEvents Counter32, -- Alert V2 | |
3784 | prtAlertAllEvents Counter32 -- Alert V2 | |
3785 | } | |
3786 | ||
3787 | prtGeneralConfigChanges OBJECT-TYPE | |
3788 | SYNTAX Counter32 | |
3789 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
3790 | STATUS current | |
3791 | DESCRIPTION | |
3792 | "Counts configuration changes within the printer. A | |
3793 | configuration change is defined to be an action that results in | |
3794 | a change to any MIB object other than those that reflect status | |
3795 | or level, or those that act as counters or gauges. In addition, | |
3796 | any action that results in a row being added or deleted from | |
3797 | any table in the Printer MIB is considered a configuration | |
3798 | change. Such changes will often affect the capability of the | |
3799 | printer to service certain types of print jobs. Management | |
3800 | applications may cache infrequently changed configuration | |
3801 | information about sub units within the printer. This object | |
3802 | should be incremented whenever the agent wishes to notify | |
3803 | management applications that any cached configuration | |
3804 | information for this device is to be considered 'stale'. At | |
3805 | this point, the management application should flush any | |
3806 | configuration information cached about this device and fetch | |
3807 | ||
3808 | ||
3809 | ||
3810 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 68] | |
3811 | \f | |
3812 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3813 | ||
3814 | ||
3815 | new configuration information. | |
3816 | ||
3817 | The following are examples of actions that would cause the | |
3818 | prtGeneralConfigChanges object to be incremented: | |
3819 | ||
3820 | - Adding an output bin | |
3821 | - Changing the media in a sensing input tray | |
3822 | - Changing the value of prtInputMediaType | |
3823 | ||
3824 | Note that the prtGeneralConfigChanges counter would not be | |
3825 | incremented when an input tray is temporarily removed to load | |
3826 | additional paper or when the level of an input device changes. | |
3827 | ||
3828 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
3829 | for clarification." | |
3830 | ||
3831 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 1 } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | prtGeneralCurrentLocalization OBJECT-TYPE | |
3834 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
3835 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3836 | STATUS current | |
3837 | DESCRIPTION | |
3838 | "The value of the prtLocalizationIndex corresponding to the | |
3839 | current language, country, and character set to be used for | |
3840 | localized string values that are identified as being dependent | |
3841 | on the value of this object. Note that this object does not | |
3842 | apply to localized strings in the prtConsole group or to any | |
3843 | object that is not explicitly identified as being localized | |
3844 | according to prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. When an object's | |
3845 | 'charset' is controlled by the value of | |
3846 | prtGeneralCurrentLocalization, it MUST specify | |
3847 | PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC as its syntax. | |
3848 | ||
3849 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
3850 | for clarification." | |
3851 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 2 } | |
3852 | ||
3853 | prtGeneralReset OBJECT-TYPE | |
3854 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly defined | |
3855 | -- by this object. | |
3856 | SYNTAX PrtGeneralResetTC | |
3857 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3858 | STATUS current | |
3859 | DESCRIPTION | |
3860 | "Setting this value to 'powerCycleReset', 'resetToNVRAM', or | |
3861 | 'resetToFactoryDefaults' will result in the resetting of the | |
3862 | printer. When read, this object will always have the value | |
3863 | ||
3864 | ||
3865 | ||
3866 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 69] | |
3867 | \f | |
3868 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3869 | ||
3870 | ||
3871 | 'notResetting(3)', and a SET of the value 'notResetting' shall | |
3872 | have no effect on the printer. Some of the defined values are | |
3873 | optional. However, every implementation must support at least | |
3874 | the values 'notResetting' and 'resetToNVRAM'." | |
3875 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 3 } | |
3876 | ||
3877 | -- The Responsible Party group | |
3878 | ||
3879 | prtGeneralCurrentOperator OBJECT-TYPE | |
3880 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..127)) | |
3881 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3882 | STATUS current | |
3883 | DESCRIPTION | |
3884 | "The name of the person who is responsible for operating | |
3885 | this printer. It is suggested that this string include | |
3886 | information that would enable other humans to reach the | |
3887 | operator, such as a phone number. As a convention to | |
3888 | facilitate automatic notification of the operator by the | |
3889 | agent or network management station, the phone number, | |
3890 | fax number or email address should be indicated by the | |
3891 | URL schemes 'tel:', 'fax:' and 'mailto:', respectively. | |
3892 | If either the phone, fax, or email information is not | |
3893 | available, then a line should not be included for this | |
3894 | information. | |
3895 | ||
3896 | NOTE: For interoperability purposes, it is advisable to | |
3897 | use email addresses formatted according to [RFC2822] | |
3898 | requirements. | |
3899 | ||
3900 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
3901 | for clarification." | |
3902 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 4 } | |
3903 | ||
3904 | prtGeneralServicePerson OBJECT-TYPE | |
3905 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..127)) | |
3906 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3907 | STATUS current | |
3908 | DESCRIPTION | |
3909 | "The name of the person responsible for servicing this | |
3910 | printer. It is suggested that this string include | |
3911 | information that would enable other humans to reach the | |
3912 | service person, such as a phone number. As a convention | |
3913 | to facilitate automatic notification of the operator by | |
3914 | the agent or network management station, the phone | |
3915 | number, fax number or email address should be indicated | |
3916 | by the URL schemes 'tel:', 'fax:' and 'mailto:', | |
3917 | respectively. If either the phone, fax, or email | |
3918 | information is not available, then a line should not | |
3919 | ||
3920 | ||
3921 | ||
3922 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 70] | |
3923 | \f | |
3924 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3925 | ||
3926 | ||
3927 | be included for this information. | |
3928 | ||
3929 | NOTE: For interoperability purposes, it is advisable to use | |
3930 | email addresses formatted per [RFC2822] requirements. | |
3931 | ||
3932 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
3933 | for clarification." | |
3934 | ||
3935 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 5 } | |
3936 | ||
3937 | -- Default indexes section | |
3938 | -- | |
3939 | -- The following four objects are used to specify the indexes of | |
3940 | -- certain subunits used as defaults during the printing process. | |
3941 | ||
3942 | prtInputDefaultIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
3943 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
3944 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3945 | STATUS current | |
3946 | DESCRIPTION | |
3947 | "The value of prtInputIndex corresponding to the default input | |
3948 | sub-unit: that is, this object selects the default source of | |
3949 | input media." | |
3950 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 6 } | |
3951 | ||
3952 | prtOutputDefaultIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
3953 | -- A range has been added to the SYNTAX clause that was not in | |
3954 | -- RFC 1759. Although this violates SNMP compatibility rules, | |
3955 | -- it provides a more reasonable guide for SNMP managers. | |
3956 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
3957 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3958 | STATUS current | |
3959 | DESCRIPTION | |
3960 | "The value of prtOutputIndex corresponding to the default | |
3961 | output sub-unit; that is, this object selects the default | |
3962 | output destination." | |
3963 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 7 } | |
3964 | ||
3965 | prtMarkerDefaultIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
3966 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
3967 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3968 | STATUS current | |
3969 | DESCRIPTION | |
3970 | "The value of prtMarkerIndex corresponding to the | |
3971 | default marker sub-unit; that is, this object selects the | |
3972 | default marker." | |
3973 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 8 } | |
3974 | ||
3975 | ||
3976 | ||
3977 | ||
3978 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 71] | |
3979 | \f | |
3980 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
3981 | ||
3982 | ||
3983 | prtMediaPathDefaultIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
3984 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
3985 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
3986 | STATUS current | |
3987 | DESCRIPTION | |
3988 | "The value of prtMediaPathIndex corresponding to | |
3989 | the default media path; that is, the selection of the | |
3990 | default media path." | |
3991 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 9 } | |
3992 | ||
3993 | -- Console general section | |
3994 | -- | |
3995 | -- The following four objects describe overall parameters of the | |
3996 | -- printer console subsystem. | |
3997 | ||
3998 | prtConsoleLocalization OBJECT-TYPE | |
3999 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
4000 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4001 | STATUS current | |
4002 | DESCRIPTION | |
4003 | "The value of the prtLocalizationIndex corresponding to | |
4004 | the language, country, and character set to be used for the | |
4005 | console. This localization applies both to the actual display | |
4006 | on the console as well as the encoding of these console objects | |
4007 | in management operations. When an object's 'charset' is | |
4008 | controlled by the value of prtConsoleLocalization, it MUST | |
4009 | specify PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC as its syntax. | |
4010 | ||
4011 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4012 | for clarification." | |
4013 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 10 } | |
4014 | ||
4015 | prtConsoleNumberOfDisplayLines OBJECT-TYPE | |
4016 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
4017 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4018 | STATUS current | |
4019 | DESCRIPTION | |
4020 | "The number of lines on the printer's physical | |
4021 | display. This value is 0 if there are no lines on the | |
4022 | physical display or if there is no physical display" | |
4023 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 11 } | |
4024 | ||
4025 | prtConsoleNumberOfDisplayChars OBJECT-TYPE | |
4026 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
4027 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4028 | STATUS current | |
4029 | DESCRIPTION | |
4030 | "The number of characters per line displayed on the physical | |
4031 | ||
4032 | ||
4033 | ||
4034 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 72] | |
4035 | \f | |
4036 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4037 | ||
4038 | ||
4039 | display. This value is 0 if there are no lines on the physical | |
4040 | display or if there is no physical display" | |
4041 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 12 } | |
4042 | ||
4043 | prtConsoleDisable OBJECT-TYPE | |
4044 | -- In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly defined | |
4045 | -- by this object. | |
4046 | SYNTAX PrtConsoleDisableTC | |
4047 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4048 | STATUS current | |
4049 | DESCRIPTION | |
4050 | "This value indicates how input is (or is not) accepted from | |
4051 | the operator console. | |
4052 | ||
4053 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4054 | for clarification." | |
4055 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 13 } | |
4056 | ||
4057 | -- The Auxiliary Sheet Group | |
4058 | -- | |
4059 | -- The auxiliary sheet group allows the administrator to control | |
4060 | -- the production of auxiliary sheets by the printer. This group | |
4061 | -- contains only the "prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage" and | |
4062 | -- "prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage" objects. | |
4063 | ||
4064 | prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage OBJECT-TYPE | |
4065 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
4066 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4067 | STATUS current | |
4068 | DESCRIPTION | |
4069 | "Used to enable or disable printing a startup page. If enabled, | |
4070 | a startup page will be printed shortly after power-up, when the | |
4071 | device is ready. Typical startup pages include test patterns | |
4072 | and/or printer configuration information." | |
4073 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 14 } | |
4074 | ||
4075 | prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage OBJECT-TYPE | |
4076 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
4077 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4078 | STATUS current | |
4079 | DESCRIPTION | |
4080 | "Used to enable or disable printing banner pages at the | |
4081 | beginning of jobs. This is a master switch which applies to all | |
4082 | jobs, regardless of interpreter." | |
4083 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 15 } | |
4084 | ||
4085 | ||
4086 | ||
4087 | ||
4088 | ||
4089 | ||
4090 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 73] | |
4091 | \f | |
4092 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4093 | ||
4094 | ||
4095 | -- Administrative section (The General V2 Group) | |
4096 | -- | |
4097 | -- The following two objects are used to specify administrative | |
4098 | -- information assigned to the printer. | |
4099 | ||
4100 | prtGeneralPrinterName OBJECT-TYPE | |
4101 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE (0..127)) | |
4102 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4103 | STATUS current | |
4104 | DESCRIPTION | |
4105 | "An administrator-specified name for this printer. Depending | |
4106 | upon implementation of this printer, the value of this object | |
4107 | may or may not be same as the value for the MIB-II 'SysName' | |
4108 | object." | |
4109 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 16 } | |
4110 | ||
4111 | prtGeneralSerialNumber OBJECT-TYPE | |
4112 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE (0..255)) | |
4113 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4114 | STATUS current | |
4115 | DESCRIPTION | |
4116 | "A recorded serial number for this device that indexes some | |
4117 | type device catalog or inventory. This value is usually set by | |
4118 | the device manufacturer but the MIB supports the option of | |
4119 | writing for this object for site-specific administration of | |
4120 | device inventory or tracking." | |
4121 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 17 } | |
4122 | ||
4123 | -- General alert table section (Alert Table V2 Group) | |
4124 | -- | |
4125 | -- The following two objects are used to specify counters | |
4126 | -- associated with the Alert Table. | |
4127 | ||
4128 | prtAlertCriticalEvents OBJECT-TYPE | |
4129 | SYNTAX Counter32 | |
4130 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4131 | STATUS current | |
4132 | DESCRIPTION | |
4133 | "A running counter of the number of critical alert events that | |
4134 | have been recorded in the alert table. The value of this object | |
4135 | is RESET in the event of a power cycle operation (i.e., the | |
4136 | value is not persistent." | |
4137 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 18 } | |
4138 | ||
4139 | prtAlertAllEvents OBJECT-TYPE | |
4140 | SYNTAX Counter32 | |
4141 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4142 | STATUS current | |
4143 | ||
4144 | ||
4145 | ||
4146 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 74] | |
4147 | \f | |
4148 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4149 | ||
4150 | ||
4151 | DESCRIPTION | |
4152 | "A running counter of the total number of alert event entries | |
4153 | (critical and non-critical) that have been recorded in the | |
4154 | alert table" | |
4155 | ::= { prtGeneralEntry 19 } | |
4156 | ||
4157 | -- The Cover Table | |
4158 | -- | |
4159 | -- The cover portion of the General print sub-unit describes the | |
4160 | -- covers and interlocks of the printer. The Cover Table has an | |
4161 | -- entry for each cover and interlock. | |
4162 | ||
4163 | prtCover OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 6 } | |
4164 | ||
4165 | prtCoverTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
4166 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtCoverEntry | |
4167 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4168 | STATUS current | |
4169 | DESCRIPTION | |
4170 | "A table of the covers and interlocks of the printer." | |
4171 | ::= { prtCover 1 } | |
4172 | ||
4173 | prtCoverEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
4174 | SYNTAX PrtCoverEntry | |
4175 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4176 | STATUS current | |
4177 | DESCRIPTION | |
4178 | "Information about a cover or interlock. | |
4179 | Entries may exist in the table for each device | |
4180 | index with a device type of 'printer'. | |
4181 | ||
4182 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4183 | for clarification." | |
4184 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtCoverIndex } | |
4185 | ::= { prtCoverTable 1 } | |
4186 | ||
4187 | PrtCoverEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
4188 | prtCoverIndex Integer32, | |
4189 | prtCoverDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
4190 | prtCoverStatus PrtCoverStatusTC | |
4191 | } | |
4192 | ||
4193 | prtCoverIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
4194 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
4195 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4196 | STATUS current | |
4197 | DESCRIPTION | |
4198 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this Cover sub | |
4199 | ||
4200 | ||
4201 | ||
4202 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 75] | |
4203 | \f | |
4204 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4205 | ||
4206 | ||
4207 | unit. Although these values may change due to a major | |
4208 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new cover | |
4209 | sub-units to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable across | |
4210 | successive printer power cycles. | |
4211 | ||
4212 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4213 | for clarification." | |
4214 | ::= { prtCoverEntry 1 } | |
4215 | ||
4216 | prtCoverDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
4217 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
4218 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
4219 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
4220 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4221 | STATUS current | |
4222 | DESCRIPTION | |
4223 | "The manufacturer provided cover sub-mechanism name in the | |
4224 | localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization." | |
4225 | ::= { prtCoverEntry 2 } | |
4226 | ||
4227 | prtCoverStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
4228 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly defined | |
4229 | -- by this object and are now defined in the IANA-PRINTER-MIB. The | |
4230 | -- new TC has defined "coverOpen" and "coverClosed" to replace | |
4231 | -- "doorOpen" and "doorClosed" in RFC 1759. A name change is not | |
4232 | -- formally allowed per SMI rules, but was agreed to by the WG group | |
4233 | -- since a door has a more restrictive meaning than a cover and | |
4234 | -- Cover group is intended to support doors as a subset of covers. | |
4235 | ||
4236 | SYNTAX PrtCoverStatusTC | |
4237 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4238 | STATUS current | |
4239 | DESCRIPTION | |
4240 | "The status of this cover sub-unit." | |
4241 | ::= { prtCoverEntry 3 } | |
4242 | ||
4243 | -- The Localization Table | |
4244 | -- | |
4245 | -- The localization portion of the General printer sub-unit is | |
4246 | -- responsible for identifying the natural language, country, and | |
4247 | -- character set in which character strings are expressed. There | |
4248 | -- may be one or more localizations supported per printer. The | |
4249 | -- available localizations are represented by the Localization | |
4250 | -- table. | |
4251 | ||
4252 | prtLocalization OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 7 } | |
4253 | ||
4254 | prtLocalizationTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
4255 | ||
4256 | ||
4257 | ||
4258 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 76] | |
4259 | \f | |
4260 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4261 | ||
4262 | ||
4263 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtLocalizationEntry | |
4264 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4265 | STATUS current | |
4266 | DESCRIPTION | |
4267 | "The available localizations in this printer." | |
4268 | ::= { prtLocalization 1 } | |
4269 | ||
4270 | prtLocalizationEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
4271 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizationEntry | |
4272 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4273 | STATUS current | |
4274 | DESCRIPTION | |
4275 | "A description of a localization. | |
4276 | Entries may exist in the table for each device | |
4277 | index with a device type of 'printer'. | |
4278 | ||
4279 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4280 | for clarification." | |
4281 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtLocalizationIndex } | |
4282 | ::= { prtLocalizationTable 1 } | |
4283 | ||
4284 | PrtLocalizationEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
4285 | prtLocalizationIndex Integer32, | |
4286 | prtLocalizationLanguage OCTET STRING, | |
4287 | prtLocalizationCountry OCTET STRING, | |
4288 | prtLocalizationCharacterSet IANACharset | |
4289 | } | |
4290 | ||
4291 | prtLocalizationIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
4292 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
4293 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4294 | STATUS current | |
4295 | DESCRIPTION | |
4296 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this | |
4297 | localization entry. Although these values may change due to a | |
4298 | major reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new | |
4299 | localization data to the printer), values SHOULD remain | |
4300 | stable across successive printer power cycles. | |
4301 | ||
4302 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4303 | for clarification." | |
4304 | ::= { prtLocalizationEntry 1 } | |
4305 | ||
4306 | prtLocalizationLanguage OBJECT-TYPE | |
4307 | -- Note: The size is fixed, was incorrectly 0..2 in RFC 1759. | |
4308 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(2)) | |
4309 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4310 | STATUS current | |
4311 | ||
4312 | ||
4313 | ||
4314 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 77] | |
4315 | \f | |
4316 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4317 | ||
4318 | ||
4319 | DESCRIPTION | |
4320 | "A two character language code from ISO 639. Examples en, | |
4321 | es, fr, de. NOTE: These examples were shown as upper case in | |
4322 | RFC 1759 and are now shown as lower case to agree with ISO 639." | |
4323 | ::= { prtLocalizationEntry 2 } | |
4324 | ||
4325 | prtLocalizationCountry OBJECT-TYPE | |
4326 | -- Note: The size is fixed, was incorrectly 0..2 in RFC 1759. | |
4327 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(2)) | |
4328 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4329 | STATUS current | |
4330 | DESCRIPTION | |
4331 | "A two character country code from ISO 3166, a blank string | |
4332 | (two space characters) shall indicate that the country is not | |
4333 | defined. Examples: US, GB, FR, DE, ..." | |
4334 | ::= { prtLocalizationEntry 3 } | |
4335 | ||
4336 | prtLocalizationCharacterSet OBJECT-TYPE | |
4337 | SYNTAX IANACharset | |
4338 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4339 | STATUS current | |
4340 | DESCRIPTION | |
4341 | "The coded character set used for this localization." | |
4342 | ::= { prtLocalizationEntry 4 } | |
4343 | ||
4344 | -- The System Resources Tables | |
4345 | -- | |
4346 | -- The Printer MIB makes use of the Host Resources MIB to | |
4347 | -- define system resources by referencing the storage | |
4348 | -- and device groups of the print group. | |
4349 | ||
4350 | prtStorageRefTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
4351 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtStorageRefEntry | |
4352 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4353 | STATUS current | |
4354 | DESCRIPTION | |
4355 | "This table defines which printer, amongst multiple printers | |
4356 | serviced by one agent, owns which storage units. | |
4357 | ||
4358 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4359 | for clarification." | |
4360 | ::= { prtGeneral 2 } | |
4361 | ||
4362 | prtStorageRefEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
4363 | SYNTAX PrtStorageRefEntry | |
4364 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4365 | STATUS current | |
4366 | DESCRIPTION | |
4367 | ||
4368 | ||
4369 | ||
4370 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 78] | |
4371 | \f | |
4372 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4373 | ||
4374 | ||
4375 | "This table will have an entry for each entry in the Host | |
4376 | Resources MIB storage table that represents storage associated | |
4377 | with a printer managed by this agent. | |
4378 | ||
4379 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4380 | for clarification." | |
4381 | INDEX { hrStorageIndex, prtStorageRefSeqNumber } | |
4382 | ::= { prtStorageRefTable 1 } | |
4383 | ||
4384 | PrtStorageRefEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
4385 | prtStorageRefSeqNumber Integer32, | |
4386 | prtStorageRefIndex Integer32 | |
4387 | } | |
4388 | ||
4389 | prtStorageRefSeqNumber OBJECT-TYPE | |
4390 | -- NOTE: The range has been changed from RFC 1759, which allowed a | |
4391 | -- minumum value of zero. This was incorrect, since zero is not a | |
4392 | -- valid index. | |
4393 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
4394 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4395 | STATUS current | |
4396 | DESCRIPTION | |
4397 | "This value will be unique amongst all entries with a common | |
4398 | value of hrStorageIndex. This object allows a storage entry to | |
4399 | point to the multiple printer devices with which it is | |
4400 | associated." | |
4401 | ::= { prtStorageRefEntry 1 } | |
4402 | ||
4403 | prtStorageRefIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
4404 | -- NOTE: The range has been changed from RFC 1759 to be compatible | |
4405 | -- with the defined range of hrDeviceIndex. | |
4406 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..2147483647) | |
4407 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4408 | STATUS current | |
4409 | DESCRIPTION | |
4410 | "The value of the hrDeviceIndex of the printer device that this | |
4411 | storageEntry is associated with." | |
4412 | ::= { prtStorageRefEntry 2 } | |
4413 | ||
4414 | prtDeviceRefTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
4415 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtDeviceRefEntry | |
4416 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4417 | STATUS current | |
4418 | DESCRIPTION | |
4419 | "This table defines which printer, amongst multiple printers | |
4420 | serviced by one agent, is associated with which devices. | |
4421 | ||
4422 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4423 | ||
4424 | ||
4425 | ||
4426 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 79] | |
4427 | \f | |
4428 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4429 | ||
4430 | ||
4431 | for clarification." | |
4432 | ::= { prtGeneral 3 } | |
4433 | ||
4434 | prtDeviceRefEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
4435 | SYNTAX PrtDeviceRefEntry | |
4436 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4437 | STATUS current | |
4438 | DESCRIPTION | |
4439 | "This table will have an entry for each entry in the Host | |
4440 | Resources MIB device table that represents a device associated | |
4441 | with a printer managed by this agent. | |
4442 | ||
4443 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4444 | for clarification." | |
4445 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtDeviceRefSeqNumber } | |
4446 | ::= { prtDeviceRefTable 1 } | |
4447 | ||
4448 | PrtDeviceRefEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
4449 | prtDeviceRefSeqNumber Integer32, | |
4450 | prtDeviceRefIndex Integer32 | |
4451 | } | |
4452 | ||
4453 | prtDeviceRefSeqNumber OBJECT-TYPE | |
4454 | -- NOTE: The range has been changed from RFC 1759, which allowed a | |
4455 | -- minumum value of zero. This was incorrect, since zero is not a | |
4456 | -- valid index. | |
4457 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
4458 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4459 | STATUS current | |
4460 | DESCRIPTION | |
4461 | "This value will be unique amongst all entries with a common | |
4462 | value of hrDeviceIndex. This object allows a device entry to | |
4463 | point to the multiple printer devices with which it is | |
4464 | associated." | |
4465 | ::= { prtDeviceRefEntry 1 } | |
4466 | ||
4467 | prtDeviceRefIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
4468 | -- NOTE: The range has been changed from RFC 1759 to be compatible | |
4469 | -- with the defined range of hrDeviceIndex. | |
4470 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..2147483647) | |
4471 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4472 | STATUS current | |
4473 | DESCRIPTION | |
4474 | "The value of the hrDeviceIndex of the printer device that this | |
4475 | deviceEntry is associated with." | |
4476 | ::= { prtDeviceRefEntry 2 } | |
4477 | ||
4478 | ||
4479 | ||
4480 | ||
4481 | ||
4482 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 80] | |
4483 | \f | |
4484 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4485 | ||
4486 | ||
4487 | -- The Input Group | |
4488 | -- | |
4489 | -- Input sub-units are managed as a tabular, indexed collection | |
4490 | -- of possible devices capable of providing media for input to | |
4491 | -- the printing process. Input sub-units typically have a | |
4492 | -- location, a type, an identifier, a set of constraints on | |
4493 | -- possible media sizes and potentially other media | |
4494 | -- characteristics, and may be capable of indicating current | |
4495 | -- status or capacity. | |
4496 | ||
4497 | prtInput OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 8 } | |
4498 | ||
4499 | prtInputTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
4500 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtInputEntry | |
4501 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4502 | STATUS current | |
4503 | DESCRIPTION | |
4504 | "A table of the devices capable of providing media for input to | |
4505 | the printing process." | |
4506 | ::= { prtInput 2 } | |
4507 | ||
4508 | prtInputEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
4509 | SYNTAX PrtInputEntry | |
4510 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4511 | STATUS current | |
4512 | DESCRIPTION | |
4513 | "Attributes of a device capable of providing media for input to | |
4514 | the printing process. Entries may exist in the table for each | |
4515 | device index with a device type of 'printer'. | |
4516 | ||
4517 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4518 | for clarification." | |
4519 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtInputIndex } | |
4520 | ::= { prtInputTable 1 } | |
4521 | ||
4522 | PrtInputEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
4523 | prtInputIndex Integer32, | |
4524 | prtInputType PrtInputTypeTC, | |
4525 | prtInputDimUnit PrtMediaUnitTC, | |
4526 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared Integer32, | |
4527 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared Integer32, | |
4528 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen Integer32, | |
4529 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen Integer32, | |
4530 | prtInputCapacityUnit PrtCapacityUnitTC, | |
4531 | prtInputMaxCapacity Integer32, | |
4532 | prtInputCurrentLevel Integer32, | |
4533 | prtInputStatus PrtSubUnitStatusTC, | |
4534 | prtInputMediaName OCTET STRING, | |
4535 | ||
4536 | ||
4537 | ||
4538 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 81] | |
4539 | \f | |
4540 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4541 | ||
4542 | ||
4543 | prtInputName OCTET STRING, | |
4544 | prtInputVendorName OCTET STRING, | |
4545 | prtInputModel OCTET STRING, | |
4546 | prtInputVersion OCTET STRING, | |
4547 | prtInputSerialNumber OCTET STRING, | |
4548 | prtInputDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
4549 | prtInputSecurity PresentOnOff, | |
4550 | prtInputMediaWeight Integer32, | |
4551 | prtInputMediaType OCTET STRING, | |
4552 | prtInputMediaColor OCTET STRING, | |
4553 | prtInputMediaFormParts Integer32, | |
4554 | prtInputMediaLoadTimeout Integer32, | |
4555 | prtInputNextIndex Integer32 | |
4556 | } | |
4557 | ||
4558 | prtInputIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
4559 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
4560 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
4561 | STATUS current | |
4562 | DESCRIPTION | |
4563 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this input | |
4564 | sub-unit. Although these values may change due to a major | |
4565 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new input | |
4566 | sub-units to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable across | |
4567 | successive printer power cycles. | |
4568 | ||
4569 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
4570 | for clarification." | |
4571 | ::= { prtInputEntry 1 } | |
4572 | ||
4573 | prtInputType OBJECT-TYPE | |
4574 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
4575 | -- defined by this object. | |
4576 | SYNTAX PrtInputTypeTC | |
4577 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4578 | STATUS current | |
4579 | DESCRIPTION | |
4580 | "The type of technology (discriminated primarily according to | |
4581 | feeder mechanism type) employed by the input sub-unit. Note, | |
4582 | the Input Class provides for a descriptor field to further | |
4583 | qualify the other choice." | |
4584 | ::= { prtInputEntry 2 } | |
4585 | ||
4586 | prtInputDimUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
4587 | SYNTAX PrtMediaUnitTC | |
4588 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4589 | STATUS current | |
4590 | DESCRIPTION | |
4591 | ||
4592 | ||
4593 | ||
4594 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 82] | |
4595 | \f | |
4596 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4597 | ||
4598 | ||
4599 | "The unit of measurement for use calculating and relaying | |
4600 | dimensional values for this input sub-unit." | |
4601 | ::= { prtInputEntry 3 } | |
4602 | ||
4603 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared OBJECT-TYPE | |
4604 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4605 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4606 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4607 | STATUS current | |
4608 | DESCRIPTION | |
4609 | "This object provides the value of the declared dimension, in | |
4610 | the feed direction, of the media that is (or, if empty, was or | |
4611 | will be) in this input sub-unit. The feed direction is the | |
4612 | direction in which the media is fed on this sub-unit. This | |
4613 | dimension is measured in input sub-unit dimensional units | |
4614 | (controlled by prtInputDimUnit, which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If | |
4615 | this input sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is | |
4616 | sensed by the printer and may not be changed by management | |
4617 | requests. Otherwise, the value may be changed. The value (-1) | |
4618 | means other and specifically means that this sub-unit places no | |
4619 | restriction on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates | |
4620 | unknown." | |
4621 | ::= { prtInputEntry 4 } | |
4622 | ||
4623 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared OBJECT-TYPE | |
4624 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4625 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4626 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4627 | STATUS current | |
4628 | DESCRIPTION | |
4629 | "This object provides the value of the declared dimension, in | |
4630 | the cross feed direction, of the media that is (or, if empty, | |
4631 | was or will be) in this input sub-unit. The cross feed | |
4632 | direction is ninety degrees relative to the feed direction | |
4633 | associated with this sub-unit. This dimension is measured in | |
4634 | input sub-unit dimensional units (controlled by | |
4635 | prtInputDimUnit,which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If this input sub- | |
4636 | unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the | |
4637 | printer and may not be changed by management requests. | |
4638 | Otherwise, the value may be changed. The value (-1) means other | |
4639 | and specifically means that this sub-unit places no restriction | |
4640 | on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates unknown." | |
4641 | ::= { prtInputEntry 5 } | |
4642 | ||
4643 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen OBJECT-TYPE | |
4644 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4645 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4646 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4647 | ||
4648 | ||
4649 | ||
4650 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 83] | |
4651 | \f | |
4652 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4653 | ||
4654 | ||
4655 | STATUS current | |
4656 | DESCRIPTION | |
4657 | "The printer will act as if media of the chosen dimension (in | |
4658 | the feed direction) is present in this input source. Note that | |
4659 | this value will be used even if the input tray is empty. Feed | |
4660 | dimension measurements are taken relative to the feed direction | |
4661 | associated with that sub-unit and are in input sub-unit | |
4662 | dimensional units (controlled by prtInputDimUnit, which uses | |
4663 | PrtMediaUnitTC). If the printer supports the declared | |
4664 | dimension,the granted dimension is the same as the declared | |
4665 | dimension. If not, the granted dimension is set to the closest | |
4666 | dimension that the printer supports when the declared dimension | |
4667 | is set. The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates | |
4668 | that this sub-unit places no restriction on this parameter. The | |
4669 | value (-2)indicates unknown." | |
4670 | ::= { prtInputEntry 6 } | |
4671 | ||
4672 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen OBJECT-TYPE | |
4673 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4674 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4675 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4676 | STATUS current | |
4677 | DESCRIPTION | |
4678 | "The printer will act as if media of the chosen dimension (in | |
4679 | the cross feed direction) is present in this input source. Note | |
4680 | that this value will be used even if the input tray is empty. | |
4681 | The cross feed direction is ninety degrees relative to the feed | |
4682 | direction associated with this sub-unit. This dimension is | |
4683 | measured in input sub-unit dimensional units (controlled by | |
4684 | prtInputDimUnit, which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If the printer | |
4685 | supports the declare dimension, the granted dimension is the | |
4686 | same as the declared dimension. If not, the granted dimension | |
4687 | is set to the closest dimension that the printer supports when | |
4688 | the declared dimension is set. The value (-1) means other and | |
4689 | specifically indicates that this sub-unit places no restriction | |
4690 | on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates unknown." | |
4691 | ::= { prtInputEntry 7 } | |
4692 | ||
4693 | prtInputCapacityUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
4694 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
4695 | -- defined by this object. | |
4696 | SYNTAX PrtCapacityUnitTC | |
4697 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4698 | STATUS current | |
4699 | DESCRIPTION | |
4700 | "The unit of measurement for use in calculating and relaying | |
4701 | capacity values for this input sub-unit." | |
4702 | ::= { prtInputEntry 8 } | |
4703 | ||
4704 | ||
4705 | ||
4706 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 84] | |
4707 | \f | |
4708 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4709 | ||
4710 | ||
4711 | prtInputMaxCapacity OBJECT-TYPE | |
4712 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4713 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4714 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4715 | STATUS current | |
4716 | DESCRIPTION | |
4717 | "The maximum capacity of the input sub-unit in input sub-unit | |
4718 | capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC). There is no convention | |
4719 | associated with the media itself so this value reflects claimed | |
4720 | capacity. If this input sub-unit can reliably sense this value, | |
4721 | the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed by | |
4722 | management requests; otherwise, the value may be written (by a | |
4723 | Remote Control Panel or a Management Application). The value | |
4724 | (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit | |
4725 | places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means | |
4726 | unknown." | |
4727 | ::= { prtInputEntry 9 } | |
4728 | ||
4729 | prtInputCurrentLevel OBJECT-TYPE | |
4730 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4731 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-3..2147483647) -- in capacity units | |
4732 | -- (PrtCapacityUnitTC). | |
4733 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4734 | STATUS current | |
4735 | DESCRIPTION | |
4736 | "The current capacity of the input sub-unit in input sub-unit | |
4737 | capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC). If this input sub-unit can | |
4738 | reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer | |
4739 | and may not be changed by management requests; otherwise, the | |
4740 | value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management | |
4741 | Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically | |
4742 | indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this | |
4743 | parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. The value (-3) means | |
4744 | that the printer knows that at least one unit remains." | |
4745 | ::= { prtInputEntry 10 } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | prtInputStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
4748 | SYNTAX PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
4749 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4750 | STATUS current | |
4751 | DESCRIPTION | |
4752 | "The current status of this input sub-unit." | |
4753 | ::= { prtInputEntry 11 } | |
4754 | ||
4755 | prtInputMediaName OBJECT-TYPE | |
4756 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4757 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4758 | STATUS current | |
4759 | ||
4760 | ||
4761 | ||
4762 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 85] | |
4763 | \f | |
4764 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4765 | ||
4766 | ||
4767 | DESCRIPTION | |
4768 | "A description of the media contained in this input sub-unit; | |
4769 | This description is to be used by a client to format and | |
4770 | Localize a string for display to a human operator. This | |
4771 | description is not processed by the printer. It is used to | |
4772 | provide information not expressible in terms of the other | |
4773 | media attributes (e.g., prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen, | |
4774 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen, prtInputMediaWeight, | |
4775 | prtInputMediaType)." | |
4776 | -- The following reference was not included in RFC 1759. | |
4777 | REFERENCE | |
4778 | "The PWG Standardized Media Names specification [PWGMEDIA] | |
4779 | contains the recommended values for this object. See also | |
4780 | RFC 3805 Appendix C,'Media Names', which lists the values | |
4781 | Of standardized media names defined in ISO/IEC 10175." | |
4782 | ::= { prtInputEntry 12 } | |
4783 | ||
4784 | -- INPUT MEASUREMENT | |
4785 | -- | |
4786 | -- _______ | | | |
4787 | -- ^ | | | |
4788 | -- | | | | | |
4789 | -- | |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _| _______________ |direction | |
4790 | -- | | | ^ v | |
4791 | -- MaxCapacity | Sheets | | | |
4792 | -- | | left | CurrentLevel | |
4793 | -- | | in | | | |
4794 | -- v | tray | v | |
4795 | -- _______ +_______________+ _______ | |
4796 | ||
4797 | -- The Extended Input Group | |
4798 | ||
4799 | prtInputName OBJECT-TYPE | |
4800 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4801 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4802 | STATUS current | |
4803 | DESCRIPTION | |
4804 | "The name assigned to this input sub-unit." | |
4805 | ::= { prtInputEntry 13 } | |
4806 | ||
4807 | prtInputVendorName OBJECT-TYPE | |
4808 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4809 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4810 | STATUS current | |
4811 | DESCRIPTION | |
4812 | "The vendor name of this input sub-unit." | |
4813 | ::= { prtInputEntry 14 } | |
4814 | ||
4815 | ||
4816 | ||
4817 | ||
4818 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 86] | |
4819 | \f | |
4820 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4821 | ||
4822 | ||
4823 | prtInputModel OBJECT-TYPE | |
4824 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4825 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4826 | STATUS current | |
4827 | DESCRIPTION | |
4828 | "The model name of this input sub-unit." | |
4829 | ::= { prtInputEntry 15 } | |
4830 | ||
4831 | prtInputVersion OBJECT-TYPE | |
4832 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4833 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4834 | STATUS current | |
4835 | DESCRIPTION | |
4836 | "The version of this input sub-unit." | |
4837 | ::= { prtInputEntry 16 } | |
4838 | ||
4839 | prtInputSerialNumber OBJECT-TYPE | |
4840 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..32)) | |
4841 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4842 | STATUS current | |
4843 | DESCRIPTION | |
4844 | "The serial number assigned to this input sub-unit." | |
4845 | ::= { prtInputEntry 17 } | |
4846 | ||
4847 | prtInputDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
4848 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
4849 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
4850 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
4851 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
4852 | STATUS current | |
4853 | DESCRIPTION | |
4854 | "A free-form text description of this input sub-unit in the | |
4855 | localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization." | |
4856 | ::= { prtInputEntry 18 } | |
4857 | ||
4858 | prtInputSecurity OBJECT-TYPE | |
4859 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
4860 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4861 | STATUS current | |
4862 | DESCRIPTION | |
4863 | "Indicates if this input sub-unit has some security associated | |
4864 | with it." | |
4865 | ::= { prtInputEntry 19 } | |
4866 | ||
4867 | -- The Input Media Group | |
4868 | -- | |
4869 | -- The Input Media Group supports identification of media | |
4870 | -- installed or available for use on a printing device. | |
4871 | ||
4872 | ||
4873 | ||
4874 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 87] | |
4875 | \f | |
4876 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4877 | ||
4878 | ||
4879 | -- Medium resources are identified by name, and include a | |
4880 | -- collection of characteristic attributes that may further be | |
4881 | -- used for selection and management of them. | |
4882 | -- The Input Media group consists of a set of optional | |
4883 | -- "columns" in the Input Table. In this manner, a minimally | |
4884 | -- conforming implementation may choose to not support reporting | |
4885 | -- of media resources if it cannot do so. | |
4886 | ||
4887 | prtInputMediaWeight OBJECT-TYPE | |
4888 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4889 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4890 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4891 | STATUS current | |
4892 | DESCRIPTION | |
4893 | "The weight of the medium associated with this input sub-unit | |
4894 | in grams / per meter squared. The value (-2) means unknown." | |
4895 | ::= { prtInputEntry 20 } | |
4896 | ||
4897 | prtInputMediaType OBJECT-TYPE | |
4898 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4899 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4900 | STATUS current | |
4901 | DESCRIPTION | |
4902 | "The name of the type of medium associated with this input sub | |
4903 | unit. This name need not be processed by the printer; it might | |
4904 | simply be displayed to an operator. | |
4905 | ||
4906 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759." | |
4907 | -- The following reference was not included in RFC 1759. | |
4908 | REFERENCE | |
4909 | "The PWG Standardized Media Names specification [PWGMEDIA], | |
4910 | section 3 Media Type Names, contains the recommended values for | |
4911 | this object. Implementers may add additional string values. | |
4912 | The naming conventions in ISO 9070 are recommended in order to | |
4913 | avoid potential name clashes." | |
4914 | ::= { prtInputEntry 21 } | |
4915 | ||
4916 | prtInputMediaColor OBJECT-TYPE | |
4917 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
4918 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4919 | STATUS current | |
4920 | DESCRIPTION | |
4921 | "The name of the color of the medium associated with | |
4922 | this input sub-unit using standardized string values. | |
4923 | ||
4924 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759." | |
4925 | -- The following reference was not included in RFC 1759. | |
4926 | REFERENCE | |
4927 | ||
4928 | ||
4929 | ||
4930 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 88] | |
4931 | \f | |
4932 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4933 | ||
4934 | ||
4935 | "The PWG Standardized Media Names specification [PWGMEDIA], | |
4936 | section 4 Media Color Names, contains the recommended values | |
4937 | for this object. Implementers may add additional string values. | |
4938 | The naming conventions in ISO 9070 are recommended in order to | |
4939 | avoid potential name clashes." | |
4940 | ::= { prtInputEntry 22 } | |
4941 | ||
4942 | prtInputMediaFormParts OBJECT-TYPE | |
4943 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
4944 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4945 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4946 | STATUS current | |
4947 | DESCRIPTION | |
4948 | "The number of parts associated with the medium | |
4949 | associated with this input sub-unit if the medium is a | |
4950 | multi-part form. The value (-1) means other and | |
4951 | specifically indicates that the device places no | |
4952 | restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means | |
4953 | unknown." | |
4954 | ::= { prtInputEntry 23 } | |
4955 | ||
4956 | -- The Input Switching Group | |
4957 | -- | |
4958 | -- The input switching group allows the administrator to set the | |
4959 | -- input subunit time-out for the printer and to control the | |
4960 | -- automatic input subunit switching by the printer when an input | |
4961 | -- subunit becomes empty. | |
4962 | ||
4963 | prtInputMediaLoadTimeout OBJECT-TYPE | |
4964 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
4965 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4966 | STATUS current | |
4967 | DESCRIPTION | |
4968 | "When the printer is not able to print due to a subunit being | |
4969 | empty or the requested media must be manually loaded, the | |
4970 | printer will wait for the duration (in seconds) specified by | |
4971 | this object. Upon expiration of the time-out, the printer will | |
4972 | take the action specified by prtInputNextIndex. | |
4973 | ||
4974 | The event which causes the printer to enter the waiting state | |
4975 | is product specific. If the printer is not waiting for manually | |
4976 | fed media, it may switch from an empty subunit to a different | |
4977 | subunit without waiting for the time-out to expire. | |
4978 | ||
4979 | A value of (-1) implies 'other' or 'infinite' which translates | |
4980 | to 'wait forever'. The action which causes printing to continue | |
4981 | is product specific. A value of (-2) implies 'unknown'." | |
4982 | ::= { prtInputEntry 24 } | |
4983 | ||
4984 | ||
4985 | ||
4986 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 89] | |
4987 | \f | |
4988 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
4989 | ||
4990 | ||
4991 | prtInputNextIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
4992 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-3..2147483647) | |
4993 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
4994 | STATUS current | |
4995 | DESCRIPTION | |
4996 | "The value of prtInputIndex corresponding to the input subunit | |
4997 | which will be used when this input subunit is emptied and the | |
4998 | time-out specified by prtInputMediaLoadTimeout expires. A value | |
4999 | of zero(0) indicates that auto input switching will not occur | |
5000 | when this input subunit is emptied. If the time-out specified | |
5001 | by prtInputLoadMediaTimeout expires and this value is zero(0), | |
5002 | the job will be aborted. A value of (-1) means other. The | |
5003 | value (-2)means 'unknown' and specifically indicates that an | |
5004 | implementation specific method will determine the next input | |
5005 | subunit to use at the time this subunit is emptied and the time | |
5006 | out expires. The value(-3) means input switching is not | |
5007 | supported for this subunit." | |
5008 | ::= { prtInputEntry 25 } | |
5009 | ||
5010 | -- The Output Group | |
5011 | -- | |
5012 | -- Output sub-units are managed as a tabular, indexed collection | |
5013 | -- of possible devices capable of receiving media delivered from | |
5014 | -- the printing process. Output sub-units typically have a | |
5015 | -- location, a type, an identifier, a set of constraints on | |
5016 | -- possible media sizes and potentially other characteristics, | |
5017 | -- and may be capable of indicating current status or capacity. | |
5018 | ||
5019 | prtOutput OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 9 } | |
5020 | ||
5021 | prtOutputTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
5022 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtOutputEntry | |
5023 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5024 | STATUS current | |
5025 | DESCRIPTION | |
5026 | "A table of the devices capable of receiving media delivered | |
5027 | from the printing process." | |
5028 | ::= { prtOutput 2 } | |
5029 | ||
5030 | prtOutputEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
5031 | SYNTAX PrtOutputEntry | |
5032 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5033 | STATUS current | |
5034 | DESCRIPTION | |
5035 | "Attributes of a device capable of receiving media delivered | |
5036 | from the printing process. Entries may exist in the table for | |
5037 | each device index with a device type of 'printer'. | |
5038 | ||
5039 | ||
5040 | ||
5041 | ||
5042 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 90] | |
5043 | \f | |
5044 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5045 | ||
5046 | ||
5047 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5048 | for clarification." | |
5049 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtOutputIndex } | |
5050 | ::= { prtOutputTable 1 } | |
5051 | ||
5052 | PrtOutputEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
5053 | prtOutputIndex Integer32, | |
5054 | prtOutputType PrtOutputTypeTC, | |
5055 | prtOutputCapacityUnit PrtCapacityUnitTC, | |
5056 | prtOutputMaxCapacity Integer32, | |
5057 | prtOutputRemainingCapacity Integer32, | |
5058 | prtOutputStatus PrtSubUnitStatusTC, | |
5059 | prtOutputName OCTET STRING, | |
5060 | prtOutputVendorName OCTET STRING, | |
5061 | prtOutputModel OCTET STRING, | |
5062 | prtOutputVersion OCTET STRING, | |
5063 | prtOutputSerialNumber OCTET STRING, | |
5064 | prtOutputDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
5065 | prtOutputSecurity PresentOnOff, | |
5066 | prtOutputDimUnit PrtMediaUnitTC, | |
5067 | prtOutputMaxDimFeedDir Integer32, | |
5068 | prtOutputMaxDimXFeedDir Integer32, | |
5069 | prtOutputMinDimFeedDir Integer32, | |
5070 | prtOutputMinDimXFeedDir Integer32, | |
5071 | prtOutputStackingOrder PrtOutputStackingOrderTC, | |
5072 | prtOutputPageDeliveryOrientation | |
5073 | PrtOutputPageDeliveryOrientationTC, | |
5074 | prtOutputBursting PresentOnOff, | |
5075 | prtOutputDecollating PresentOnOff, | |
5076 | prtOutputPageCollated PresentOnOff, | |
5077 | prtOutputOffsetStacking PresentOnOff | |
5078 | } | |
5079 | ||
5080 | prtOutputIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
5081 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5082 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
5083 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5084 | STATUS current | |
5085 | DESCRIPTION | |
5086 | "A unique value used by this printer to identify this output | |
5087 | sub-unit. Although these values may change due to a major | |
5088 | reconfiguration of the sub-unit (e.g., the addition of new | |
5089 | output devices to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable | |
5090 | across successive printer power cycles. | |
5091 | ||
5092 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5093 | for clarification." | |
5094 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 1 } | |
5095 | ||
5096 | ||
5097 | ||
5098 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 91] | |
5099 | \f | |
5100 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5101 | ||
5102 | ||
5103 | prtOutputType OBJECT-TYPE | |
5104 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly defined | |
5105 | -- by this object. | |
5106 | SYNTAX PrtOutputTypeTC | |
5107 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5108 | STATUS current | |
5109 | DESCRIPTION | |
5110 | "The type of technology supported by this output sub-unit." | |
5111 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 2 } | |
5112 | ||
5113 | prtOutputCapacityUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
5114 | SYNTAX PrtCapacityUnitTC | |
5115 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5116 | STATUS current | |
5117 | DESCRIPTION | |
5118 | "The unit of measurement for use in calculating and relaying | |
5119 | capacity values for this output sub-unit." | |
5120 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 3 } | |
5121 | ||
5122 | prtOutputMaxCapacity OBJECT-TYPE | |
5123 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5124 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5125 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5126 | STATUS current | |
5127 | DESCRIPTION | |
5128 | "The maximum capacity of this output sub-unit in output sub- | |
5129 | unit capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC). There is no convention | |
5130 | associated with the media itself so this value essentially | |
5131 | reflects claimed capacity. If this output sub-unit can reliably | |
5132 | sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may | |
5133 | not be changed by management requests; otherwise, the value may | |
5134 | be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management | |
5135 | Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically | |
5136 | indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this | |
5137 | parameter. The value (-2) means unknown." | |
5138 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 4 } | |
5139 | ||
5140 | prtOutputRemainingCapacity OBJECT-TYPE | |
5141 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5142 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-3..2147483647) | |
5143 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5144 | STATUS current | |
5145 | DESCRIPTION | |
5146 | "The remaining capacity of the possible output sub-unit | |
5147 | capacity in output sub-unit capacity units | |
5148 | (PrtCapacityUnitTC)of this output sub-unit. If this output sub- | |
5149 | unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the | |
5150 | printer and may not be modified by management requests; | |
5151 | ||
5152 | ||
5153 | ||
5154 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 92] | |
5155 | \f | |
5156 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5157 | ||
5158 | ||
5159 | otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel | |
5160 | or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and | |
5161 | specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions | |
5162 | on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. The value | |
5163 | (-3) means that the printer knows that there remains capacity | |
5164 | for at least one unit." | |
5165 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 5 } | |
5166 | ||
5167 | prtOutputStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
5168 | SYNTAX PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
5169 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5170 | STATUS current | |
5171 | DESCRIPTION | |
5172 | "The current status of this output sub-unit." | |
5173 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 6 } | |
5174 | ||
5175 | -- OUTPUT MEASUREMENT | |
5176 | -- | |
5177 | -- _______ | | ________ | |
5178 | -- ^ | | ^ | |
5179 | -- | | | | | |
5180 | -- | | |RemainingCapacity | |
5181 | -- MaxCapacity| | | | |
5182 | -- | | | v ^ | |
5183 | -- | |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | _______________ |direction | |
5184 | -- | | Sheets | | | |
5185 | -- | | in | | |
5186 | -- v | Output | | |
5187 | -- _______ +________________+ | |
5188 | ||
5189 | -- The Extended Output Group | |
5190 | ||
5191 | prtOutputName OBJECT-TYPE | |
5192 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
5193 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5194 | STATUS current | |
5195 | DESCRIPTION | |
5196 | "The name assigned to this output sub-unit." | |
5197 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 7 } | |
5198 | ||
5199 | prtOutputVendorName OBJECT-TYPE | |
5200 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
5201 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5202 | STATUS current | |
5203 | DESCRIPTION | |
5204 | "The vendor name of this output sub-unit." | |
5205 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 8 } | |
5206 | ||
5207 | ||
5208 | ||
5209 | ||
5210 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 93] | |
5211 | \f | |
5212 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5213 | ||
5214 | ||
5215 | prtOutputModel OBJECT-TYPE | |
5216 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
5217 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5218 | STATUS current | |
5219 | DESCRIPTION | |
5220 | "The model name assigned to this output sub-unit. | |
5221 | ||
5222 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5223 | for clarification." | |
5224 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 9 } | |
5225 | ||
5226 | prtOutputVersion OBJECT-TYPE | |
5227 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
5228 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5229 | STATUS current | |
5230 | DESCRIPTION | |
5231 | "The version of this output sub-unit." | |
5232 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 10 } | |
5233 | ||
5234 | prtOutputSerialNumber OBJECT-TYPE | |
5235 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
5236 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5237 | STATUS current | |
5238 | DESCRIPTION | |
5239 | "The serial number assigned to this output sub-unit." | |
5240 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 11 } | |
5241 | ||
5242 | prtOutputDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
5243 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
5244 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
5245 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
5246 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5247 | STATUS current | |
5248 | DESCRIPTION | |
5249 | "A free-form text description of this output sub-unit in the | |
5250 | localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization." | |
5251 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 12 } | |
5252 | ||
5253 | prtOutputSecurity OBJECT-TYPE | |
5254 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
5255 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5256 | STATUS current | |
5257 | DESCRIPTION | |
5258 | "Indicates if this output sub-unit has some security associated | |
5259 | with it and if that security is enabled or not." | |
5260 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 13 } | |
5261 | ||
5262 | ||
5263 | ||
5264 | ||
5265 | ||
5266 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 94] | |
5267 | \f | |
5268 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5269 | ||
5270 | ||
5271 | -- The Output Dimensions Group | |
5272 | ||
5273 | prtOutputDimUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
5274 | SYNTAX PrtMediaUnitTC | |
5275 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5276 | STATUS current | |
5277 | DESCRIPTION | |
5278 | "The unit of measurement for use in calculating and relaying | |
5279 | dimensional values for this output sub-unit." | |
5280 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 14 } | |
5281 | ||
5282 | prtOutputMaxDimFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
5283 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5284 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5285 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5286 | STATUS current | |
5287 | DESCRIPTION | |
5288 | "The maximum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit | |
5289 | for measurements taken parallel relative to the feed | |
5290 | direction associated with that sub-unit in output | |
5291 | sub-unit dimensional units (controlled by prtOutputDimUnit, | |
5292 | which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If this output sub-unit can | |
5293 | reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer | |
5294 | and may not be changed with management protocol operations. | |
5295 | The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the | |
5296 | sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value | |
5297 | (-2) means unknown. | |
5298 | ||
5299 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5300 | for clarification and to explain the purpose of (-1) and (-2)." | |
5301 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 15 } | |
5302 | ||
5303 | prtOutputMaxDimXFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
5304 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5305 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5306 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5307 | STATUS current | |
5308 | DESCRIPTION | |
5309 | "The maximum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit | |
5310 | for measurements taken ninety degrees relative to the | |
5311 | feed direction associated with that sub-unit in output | |
5312 | sub-unit dimensional units (controlled by prtOutputDimUnit, | |
5313 | which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If this output sub-unit can | |
5314 | reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer | |
5315 | and may not be changed with management protocol operations. | |
5316 | The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the | |
5317 | sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value | |
5318 | (-2) means unknown. | |
5319 | ||
5320 | ||
5321 | ||
5322 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 95] | |
5323 | \f | |
5324 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5325 | ||
5326 | ||
5327 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5328 | for clarification and to explain the purpose of (-1) and (-2)." | |
5329 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 16 } | |
5330 | ||
5331 | prtOutputMinDimFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
5332 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5333 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5334 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5335 | STATUS current | |
5336 | DESCRIPTION | |
5337 | "The minimum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit | |
5338 | for measurements taken parallel relative to the feed | |
5339 | direction associated with that sub-unit in output | |
5340 | sub-unit dimensional units (controlled by prtOutputDimUnit, | |
5341 | which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If this output sub-unit can | |
5342 | reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer | |
5343 | and may not be changed with management protocol operations. | |
5344 | The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the | |
5345 | sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value | |
5346 | (-2) means unknown. | |
5347 | ||
5348 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5349 | for clarification and to explain the purpose of (-1) and (-2)." | |
5350 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 17 } | |
5351 | ||
5352 | prtOutputMinDimXFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
5353 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5354 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5355 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5356 | STATUS current | |
5357 | DESCRIPTION | |
5358 | "The minimum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit | |
5359 | for measurements taken ninety degrees relative to the | |
5360 | feed direction associated with that sub-unit in output | |
5361 | sub-unit dimensional units (controlled by prtOutputDimUnit, | |
5362 | which uses PrtMediaUnitTC). If this output sub-unit can | |
5363 | reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer | |
5364 | and may not be changed with management protocol operations. | |
5365 | The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the | |
5366 | sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value | |
5367 | (-2) means unknown. | |
5368 | ||
5369 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5370 | for clarification and to explain the purpose of (-1) and (-2)." | |
5371 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 18 } | |
5372 | ||
5373 | ||
5374 | ||
5375 | ||
5376 | ||
5377 | ||
5378 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 96] | |
5379 | \f | |
5380 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5381 | ||
5382 | ||
5383 | -- The Output Features Group | |
5384 | ||
5385 | prtOutputStackingOrder OBJECT-TYPE | |
5386 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5387 | -- defined by this object. | |
5388 | SYNTAX PrtOutputStackingOrderTC | |
5389 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5390 | STATUS current | |
5391 | DESCRIPTION | |
5392 | "The current state of the stacking order for the | |
5393 | associated output sub-unit. 'FirstToLast' means | |
5394 | that as pages are output the front of the next page is | |
5395 | placed against the back of the previous page. | |
5396 | 'LasttoFirst' means that as pages are output the back | |
5397 | of the next page is placed against the front of the | |
5398 | previous page." | |
5399 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 19 } | |
5400 | ||
5401 | prtOutputPageDeliveryOrientation OBJECT-TYPE | |
5402 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5403 | -- defined by this object. | |
5404 | SYNTAX PrtOutputPageDeliveryOrientationTC | |
5405 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5406 | STATUS current | |
5407 | DESCRIPTION | |
5408 | "The reading surface that will be 'up' when pages are | |
5409 | delivered to the associated output sub-unit. Values are | |
5410 | faceUp and faceDown. (Note: interpretation of these | |
5411 | values is in general context-dependent based on locale; | |
5412 | presentation of these values to an end-user should be | |
5413 | normalized to the expectations of the user)." | |
5414 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 20 } | |
5415 | ||
5416 | prtOutputBursting OBJECT-TYPE | |
5417 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
5418 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5419 | STATUS current | |
5420 | DESCRIPTION | |
5421 | "This object indicates that the outputting sub-unit supports | |
5422 | bursting, and if so, whether the feature is enabled. Bursting | |
5423 | is the process by which continuous media is separated into | |
5424 | individual sheets, typically by bursting along pre-formed | |
5425 | perforations." | |
5426 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 21 } | |
5427 | ||
5428 | prtOutputDecollating OBJECT-TYPE | |
5429 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
5430 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5431 | ||
5432 | ||
5433 | ||
5434 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 97] | |
5435 | \f | |
5436 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5437 | ||
5438 | ||
5439 | STATUS current | |
5440 | DESCRIPTION | |
5441 | "This object indicates that the output supports decollating, | |
5442 | and if so, whether the feature is enabled. Decollating is the | |
5443 | process by which the individual parts within a multi-part form | |
5444 | are separated and sorted into separate stacks for each part." | |
5445 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 22 } | |
5446 | ||
5447 | prtOutputPageCollated OBJECT-TYPE | |
5448 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
5449 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5450 | STATUS current | |
5451 | DESCRIPTION | |
5452 | "This object indicates that the output sub-unit supports page | |
5453 | collation, and if so, whether the feature is enabled. See RFC | |
5454 | 3805 Appendix A, Glossary Of Terms, for definition of how this | |
5455 | document defines collation. | |
5456 | ||
5457 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5458 | for clarification." | |
5459 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 23 } | |
5460 | ||
5461 | prtOutputOffsetStacking OBJECT-TYPE | |
5462 | SYNTAX PresentOnOff | |
5463 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5464 | STATUS current | |
5465 | DESCRIPTION | |
5466 | "This object indicates that the output supports offset | |
5467 | stacking,and if so, whether the feature is enabled. See RFC | |
5468 | 3805 Appendix A, Glossary Of Terms, for how Offset Stacking is | |
5469 | defined by this document. | |
5470 | ||
5471 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5472 | for clarification." | |
5473 | ::= { prtOutputEntry 24 } | |
5474 | ||
5475 | -- The Marker Group | |
5476 | -- | |
5477 | -- A marker is the mechanism that produces marks on the print | |
5478 | -- media. The marker sub-units and their associated supplies are | |
5479 | -- represented by the Marker Group in the model. A printer can | |
5480 | -- contain one or more marking mechanisms. Some examples of | |
5481 | -- multiple marker sub-units are: a printer | |
5482 | -- with separate markers for normal and magnetic ink or an | |
5483 | -- imagesetter that can output to both a proofing device and | |
5484 | -- final film. Each marking device can have its own set of | |
5485 | -- characteristics associated with it, such as marking technology | |
5486 | -- and resolution. | |
5487 | ||
5488 | ||
5489 | ||
5490 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 98] | |
5491 | \f | |
5492 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5493 | ||
5494 | ||
5495 | prtMarker OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 10 } | |
5496 | ||
5497 | -- The printable area margins as listed below define an area of | |
5498 | -- the print media which is guaranteed to be printable for all | |
5499 | -- combinations of input, media paths, and interpreters for this | |
5500 | -- marker. | |
5501 | ||
5502 | prtMarkerTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
5503 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtMarkerEntry | |
5504 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5505 | STATUS current | |
5506 | DESCRIPTION | |
5507 | "The marker table provides a description of each marker | |
5508 | sub-unit contained within the printer. | |
5509 | ||
5510 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5511 | for clarification." | |
5512 | ::= { prtMarker 2 } | |
5513 | ||
5514 | prtMarkerEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
5515 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerEntry | |
5516 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5517 | STATUS current | |
5518 | DESCRIPTION | |
5519 | "Entries in this table define the characteristics and status | |
5520 | of each marker sub-unit in the printer. | |
5521 | ||
5522 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5523 | for clarification." | |
5524 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtMarkerIndex } | |
5525 | ::= { prtMarkerTable 1 } | |
5526 | ||
5527 | PrtMarkerEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
5528 | prtMarkerIndex Integer32, | |
5529 | prtMarkerMarkTech PrtMarkerMarkTechTC, | |
5530 | prtMarkerCounterUnit PrtMarkerCounterUnitTC, | |
5531 | prtMarkerLifeCount Counter32, | |
5532 | prtMarkerPowerOnCount Counter32, | |
5533 | prtMarkerProcessColorants Integer32, | |
5534 | prtMarkerSpotColorants Integer32, | |
5535 | prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit PrtMarkerAddressabilityUnitTC, | |
5536 | prtMarkerAddressabilityFeedDir Integer32, | |
5537 | prtMarkerAddressabilityXFeedDir Integer32, | |
5538 | prtMarkerNorthMargin Integer32, | |
5539 | prtMarkerSouthMargin Integer32, | |
5540 | prtMarkerWestMargin Integer32, | |
5541 | prtMarkerEastMargin Integer32, | |
5542 | prtMarkerStatus PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
5543 | ||
5544 | ||
5545 | ||
5546 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 99] | |
5547 | \f | |
5548 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5549 | ||
5550 | ||
5551 | } | |
5552 | ||
5553 | prtMarkerIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
5554 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
5555 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5556 | STATUS current | |
5557 | DESCRIPTION | |
5558 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this marking | |
5559 | SubUnit. Although these values may change due to a major | |
5560 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new marking | |
5561 | sub-units to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable across | |
5562 | successive printer power cycles. | |
5563 | ||
5564 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5565 | for clarification." | |
5566 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 1 } | |
5567 | ||
5568 | prtMarkerMarkTech OBJECT-TYPE | |
5569 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5570 | -- defined by this object. | |
5571 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerMarkTechTC | |
5572 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5573 | STATUS current | |
5574 | DESCRIPTION | |
5575 | "The type of marking technology used for this marking | |
5576 | sub-unit." | |
5577 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 2 } | |
5578 | ||
5579 | prtMarkerCounterUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
5580 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5581 | -- defined by this object. | |
5582 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerCounterUnitTC | |
5583 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5584 | STATUS current | |
5585 | DESCRIPTION | |
5586 | "The unit that will be used by the printer when reporting | |
5587 | counter values for this marking sub-unit. The time units of | |
5588 | measure are provided for a device like a strip recorder that | |
5589 | does not or cannot track the physical dimensions of the media | |
5590 | and does not use characters, lines or sheets." | |
5591 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 3 } | |
5592 | ||
5593 | prtMarkerLifeCount OBJECT-TYPE | |
5594 | SYNTAX Counter32 | |
5595 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5596 | STATUS current | |
5597 | DESCRIPTION | |
5598 | "The count of the number of units of measure counted during the | |
5599 | ||
5600 | ||
5601 | ||
5602 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 100] | |
5603 | \f | |
5604 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5605 | ||
5606 | ||
5607 | life of printer using units of measure as specified by | |
5608 | prtMarkerCounterUnit. | |
5609 | ||
5610 | Note: This object should be implemented as a persistent object | |
5611 | with a reliable value throughout the lifetime of the printer." | |
5612 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 4 } | |
5613 | ||
5614 | prtMarkerPowerOnCount OBJECT-TYPE | |
5615 | SYNTAX Counter32 | |
5616 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5617 | STATUS current | |
5618 | DESCRIPTION | |
5619 | "The count of the number of units of measure counted since the | |
5620 | equipment was most recently powered on using units of measure | |
5621 | as specified by prtMarkerCounterUnit." | |
5622 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 5 } | |
5623 | ||
5624 | prtMarkerProcessColorants OBJECT-TYPE | |
5625 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
5626 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5627 | STATUS current | |
5628 | DESCRIPTION | |
5629 | "The number of process colors supported by this marker. A | |
5630 | process color of 1 implies monochrome. The value of this | |
5631 | object and prtMarkerSpotColorants cannot both be 0. The value | |
5632 | of prtMarkerProcessColorants must be 0 or greater. | |
5633 | ||
5634 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5635 | for clarification." | |
5636 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 6 } | |
5637 | ||
5638 | prtMarkerSpotColorants OBJECT-TYPE | |
5639 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
5640 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5641 | STATUS current | |
5642 | DESCRIPTION | |
5643 | "The number of spot colors supported by this marker. The value | |
5644 | of this object and prtMarkerProcessColorants cannot both be 0. | |
5645 | Must be 0 or greater. | |
5646 | ||
5647 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5648 | for clarification." | |
5649 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 7 } | |
5650 | ||
5651 | prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
5652 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5653 | -- defined by this object. | |
5654 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerAddressabilityUnitTC | |
5655 | ||
5656 | ||
5657 | ||
5658 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 101] | |
5659 | \f | |
5660 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5661 | ||
5662 | ||
5663 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5664 | STATUS current | |
5665 | DESCRIPTION | |
5666 | "The unit of measure of distances, as applied to the marker's | |
5667 | resolution. | |
5668 | ||
5669 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5670 | for clarification." | |
5671 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 8 } | |
5672 | ||
5673 | prtMarkerAddressabilityFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
5674 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5675 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5676 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5677 | STATUS current | |
5678 | DESCRIPTION | |
5679 | "The maximum number of addressable marking positions in the | |
5680 | feed direction per 10000 units of measure specified by | |
5681 | prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. A value of (-1) implies 'other' | |
5682 | or 'infinite' while a value of (-2) implies 'unknown'. | |
5683 | ||
5684 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5685 | for clarification." | |
5686 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 9 } | |
5687 | ||
5688 | prtMarkerAddressabilityXFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
5689 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5690 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5691 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5692 | STATUS current | |
5693 | DESCRIPTION | |
5694 | "The maximum number of addressable marking positions in the | |
5695 | cross feed direction in 10000 units of measure specified by | |
5696 | prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. A value of (-1) implies 'other' | |
5697 | or 'infinite' while a value of (-2) implies 'unknown'. | |
5698 | ||
5699 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5700 | for clarification." | |
5701 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 10 } | |
5702 | ||
5703 | prtMarkerNorthMargin OBJECT-TYPE | |
5704 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5705 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5706 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5707 | STATUS current | |
5708 | DESCRIPTION | |
5709 | "The margin, in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit, | |
5710 | from the leading edge of the medium as the medium flows through | |
5711 | ||
5712 | ||
5713 | ||
5714 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 102] | |
5715 | \f | |
5716 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5717 | ||
5718 | ||
5719 | the marking engine with the side to be imaged facing the | |
5720 | observer. The leading edge is the North edge and the other | |
5721 | edges are defined by the normal compass layout of directions | |
5722 | with the compass facing the observer. Printing within the area | |
5723 | bounded by all four margins is guaranteed for all interpreters. | |
5724 | The value (-2) means unknown." | |
5725 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 11 } | |
5726 | ||
5727 | prtMarkerSouthMargin OBJECT-TYPE | |
5728 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5729 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5730 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5731 | STATUS current | |
5732 | DESCRIPTION | |
5733 | "The margin from the South edge (see prtMarkerNorthMargin) of | |
5734 | the medium in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. | |
5735 | Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is | |
5736 | guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown." | |
5737 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 12 } | |
5738 | ||
5739 | prtMarkerWestMargin OBJECT-TYPE | |
5740 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5741 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5742 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5743 | STATUS current | |
5744 | DESCRIPTION | |
5745 | "The margin from the West edge (see prtMarkerNorthMargin) of | |
5746 | the medium in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. | |
5747 | Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is | |
5748 | guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown." | |
5749 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 13 } | |
5750 | ||
5751 | prtMarkerEastMargin OBJECT-TYPE | |
5752 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5753 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5754 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5755 | STATUS current | |
5756 | DESCRIPTION | |
5757 | "The margin from the East edge (see prtMarkerNorthMargin) of | |
5758 | the medium in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. | |
5759 | Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is | |
5760 | guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown." | |
5761 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 14 } | |
5762 | ||
5763 | prtMarkerStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
5764 | SYNTAX PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
5765 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5766 | STATUS current | |
5767 | ||
5768 | ||
5769 | ||
5770 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 103] | |
5771 | \f | |
5772 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5773 | ||
5774 | ||
5775 | DESCRIPTION | |
5776 | "The current status of this marker sub-unit." | |
5777 | ::= { prtMarkerEntry 15 } | |
5778 | ||
5779 | -- The Marker Supplies Group | |
5780 | ||
5781 | prtMarkerSupplies OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 11 } | |
5782 | ||
5783 | prtMarkerSuppliesTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
5784 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtMarkerSuppliesEntry | |
5785 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5786 | STATUS current | |
5787 | DESCRIPTION | |
5788 | "A table of the marker supplies available on this printer." | |
5789 | ::= { prtMarkerSupplies 1 } | |
5790 | ||
5791 | prtMarkerSuppliesEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
5792 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerSuppliesEntry | |
5793 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5794 | STATUS current | |
5795 | DESCRIPTION | |
5796 | "Attributes of a marker supply. Entries may exist in the table | |
5797 | for each device index with a device type of 'printer'. | |
5798 | ||
5799 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5800 | for clarification." | |
5801 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtMarkerSuppliesIndex } | |
5802 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesTable 1 } | |
5803 | PrtMarkerSuppliesEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
5804 | prtMarkerSuppliesIndex Integer32, | |
5805 | prtMarkerSuppliesMarkerIndex Integer32, | |
5806 | prtMarkerSuppliesColorantIndex Integer32, | |
5807 | prtMarkerSuppliesClass PrtMarkerSuppliesClassTC, | |
5808 | prtMarkerSuppliesType PrtMarkerSuppliesTypeTC, | |
5809 | prtMarkerSuppliesDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
5810 | prtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit PrtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnitTC, | |
5811 | prtMarkerSuppliesMaxCapacity Integer32, | |
5812 | prtMarkerSuppliesLevel Integer32 | |
5813 | } | |
5814 | ||
5815 | prtMarkerSuppliesIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
5816 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
5817 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5818 | STATUS current | |
5819 | DESCRIPTION | |
5820 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this marker | |
5821 | supply. Although these values may change due to a major | |
5822 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new marker | |
5823 | ||
5824 | ||
5825 | ||
5826 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 104] | |
5827 | \f | |
5828 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5829 | ||
5830 | ||
5831 | supplies to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable across | |
5832 | successive printer power cycles. | |
5833 | ||
5834 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5835 | for clarification." | |
5836 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 1 } | |
5837 | ||
5838 | prtMarkerSuppliesMarkerIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
5839 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
5840 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5841 | STATUS current | |
5842 | DESCRIPTION | |
5843 | "The value of prtMarkerIndex corresponding to the marking sub | |
5844 | unit with which this marker supply sub-unit is associated." | |
5845 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 2 } | |
5846 | ||
5847 | prtMarkerSuppliesColorantIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
5848 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
5849 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5850 | STATUS current | |
5851 | DESCRIPTION | |
5852 | "The value of prtMarkerColorantIndex corresponding to the | |
5853 | colorant with which this marker supply sub-unit is associated. | |
5854 | This value shall be 0 if there is no colorant table or if this | |
5855 | supply does not depend on a single specified colorant. | |
5856 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5857 | for clarification." | |
5858 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 3 } | |
5859 | ||
5860 | prtMarkerSuppliesClass OBJECT-TYPE | |
5861 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5862 | -- defined by this object. | |
5863 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerSuppliesClassTC | |
5864 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5865 | STATUS current | |
5866 | DESCRIPTION | |
5867 | "Indicates whether this supply entity represents a supply that | |
5868 | is consumed or a receptacle that is filled. | |
5869 | ||
5870 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5871 | for clarification." | |
5872 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 4 } | |
5873 | ||
5874 | prtMarkerSuppliesType OBJECT-TYPE | |
5875 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5876 | -- defined by this object. | |
5877 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerSuppliesTypeTC | |
5878 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5879 | ||
5880 | ||
5881 | ||
5882 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 105] | |
5883 | \f | |
5884 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5885 | ||
5886 | ||
5887 | STATUS current | |
5888 | DESCRIPTION | |
5889 | "The type of this supply." | |
5890 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 5 } | |
5891 | ||
5892 | prtMarkerSuppliesDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
5893 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
5894 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
5895 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
5896 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5897 | STATUS current | |
5898 | DESCRIPTION | |
5899 | "The description of this supply container/receptacle in the | |
5900 | localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization." | |
5901 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 6 } | |
5902 | ||
5903 | prtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
5904 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
5905 | -- defined by this object. | |
5906 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnitTC | |
5907 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
5908 | STATUS current | |
5909 | DESCRIPTION | |
5910 | "Unit of measure of this marker supply container/receptacle. | |
5911 | ||
5912 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5913 | for clarification." | |
5914 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 7 } | |
5915 | ||
5916 | prtMarkerSuppliesMaxCapacity OBJECT-TYPE | |
5917 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5918 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
5919 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5920 | STATUS current | |
5921 | DESCRIPTION | |
5922 | "The maximum capacity of this supply container/receptacle | |
5923 | expressed in prtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit. If this supply | |
5924 | container/receptacle can reliably sense this value, the value | |
5925 | is reported by the printer and is read-only; otherwise, the | |
5926 | value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management | |
5927 | Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically | |
5928 | indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this | |
5929 | parameter. The value (-2) means unknown." | |
5930 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 8 } | |
5931 | ||
5932 | prtMarkerSuppliesLevel OBJECT-TYPE | |
5933 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
5934 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-3..2147483647) | |
5935 | ||
5936 | ||
5937 | ||
5938 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 106] | |
5939 | \f | |
5940 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5941 | ||
5942 | ||
5943 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
5944 | STATUS current | |
5945 | DESCRIPTION | |
5946 | "The current level if this supply is a container; the remaining | |
5947 | space if this supply is a receptacle. If this supply | |
5948 | container/receptacle can reliably sense this value, the value | |
5949 | is reported by the printer and is read-only; otherwise, the | |
5950 | value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management | |
5951 | Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically | |
5952 | indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this | |
5953 | parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. A value of (-3) means | |
5954 | that the printer knows that there is some supply/remaining | |
5955 | space, respectively." | |
5956 | ::= { prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 9 } | |
5957 | ||
5958 | -- The Marker Colorant Group | |
5959 | ||
5960 | prtMarkerColorant OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 12 } | |
5961 | ||
5962 | prtMarkerColorantTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
5963 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtMarkerColorantEntry | |
5964 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5965 | STATUS current | |
5966 | DESCRIPTION | |
5967 | "A table of all of the colorants available on the printer." | |
5968 | ::= { prtMarkerColorant 1 } | |
5969 | ||
5970 | prtMarkerColorantEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
5971 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerColorantEntry | |
5972 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
5973 | STATUS current | |
5974 | DESCRIPTION | |
5975 | "Attributes of a colorant available on the printer. Entries may | |
5976 | exist in the table for each device index with a device type of | |
5977 | 'printer'. | |
5978 | ||
5979 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
5980 | for clarification." | |
5981 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtMarkerColorantIndex } | |
5982 | ::= { prtMarkerColorantTable 1 } | |
5983 | ||
5984 | PrtMarkerColorantEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
5985 | prtMarkerColorantIndex Integer32, | |
5986 | prtMarkerColorantMarkerIndex Integer32, | |
5987 | prtMarkerColorantRole PrtMarkerColorantRoleTC, | |
5988 | prtMarkerColorantValue OCTET STRING, | |
5989 | prtMarkerColorantTonality Integer32 | |
5990 | } | |
5991 | ||
5992 | ||
5993 | ||
5994 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 107] | |
5995 | \f | |
5996 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
5997 | ||
5998 | ||
5999 | prtMarkerColorantIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6000 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
6001 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6002 | STATUS current | |
6003 | DESCRIPTION | |
6004 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this colorant. | |
6005 | Although these values may change due to a major reconfiguration | |
6006 | of the device (e.g., the addition of new colorants to the | |
6007 | printer) , values SHOULD remain stable across successive | |
6008 | printer power cycles. | |
6009 | ||
6010 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6011 | for clarification." | |
6012 | ::= { prtMarkerColorantEntry 1 } | |
6013 | ||
6014 | prtMarkerColorantMarkerIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6015 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
6016 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6017 | STATUS current | |
6018 | DESCRIPTION | |
6019 | "The value of prtMarkerIndex corresponding to the marker sub | |
6020 | unit with which this colorant entry is associated." | |
6021 | ::= { prtMarkerColorantEntry 2 } | |
6022 | ||
6023 | prtMarkerColorantRole OBJECT-TYPE | |
6024 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6025 | -- defined by this object. | |
6026 | SYNTAX PrtMarkerColorantRoleTC | |
6027 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6028 | STATUS current | |
6029 | DESCRIPTION | |
6030 | "The role played by this colorant." | |
6031 | ::= { prtMarkerColorantEntry 3 } | |
6032 | ||
6033 | prtMarkerColorantValue OBJECT-TYPE | |
6034 | -- NOTE: The string length range has been increased from RFC 1759. | |
6035 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) | |
6036 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6037 | STATUS current | |
6038 | DESCRIPTION | |
6039 | "The name of the color of this colorant using standardized | |
6040 | string names from ISO 10175 (DPA) and ISO 10180 (SPDL) such as: | |
6041 | other | |
6042 | unknown | |
6043 | white | |
6044 | red | |
6045 | green | |
6046 | blue | |
6047 | ||
6048 | ||
6049 | ||
6050 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 108] | |
6051 | \f | |
6052 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6053 | ||
6054 | ||
6055 | cyan | |
6056 | magenta | |
6057 | yellow | |
6058 | black | |
6059 | Implementers may add additional string values. The naming | |
6060 | conventions in ISO 9070 are recommended in order to avoid | |
6061 | potential name clashes" | |
6062 | ::= { prtMarkerColorantEntry 4 } | |
6063 | ||
6064 | prtMarkerColorantTonality OBJECT-TYPE | |
6065 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6066 | SYNTAX Integer32 (2..2147483647) | |
6067 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6068 | STATUS current | |
6069 | DESCRIPTION | |
6070 | "The distinct levels of tonality realizable by a marking sub | |
6071 | unit when using this colorant. This value does not include the | |
6072 | number of levels of tonal difference that an interpreter can | |
6073 | obtain by techniques such as half toning. This value must be at | |
6074 | least 2." | |
6075 | ::= { prtMarkerColorantEntry 5 } | |
6076 | ||
6077 | -- The Media Path Group | |
6078 | -- | |
6079 | -- The media paths encompass the mechanisms in the printer that | |
6080 | -- move the media through the printer and connect all other media | |
6081 | -- related sub-units: inputs, outputs, markers and finishers. A | |
6082 | -- printer contains one or more media paths. These are | |
6083 | -- represented by the Media Path Group in the model. | |
6084 | ||
6085 | prtMediaPath OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 13 } | |
6086 | ||
6087 | prtMediaPathTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
6088 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtMediaPathEntry | |
6089 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6090 | STATUS current | |
6091 | DESCRIPTION | |
6092 | "The media path table includes both physical and logical paths | |
6093 | within the printer. | |
6094 | ||
6095 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6096 | for clarification." | |
6097 | ::= { prtMediaPath 4 } | |
6098 | ||
6099 | prtMediaPathEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
6100 | SYNTAX PrtMediaPathEntry | |
6101 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6102 | STATUS current | |
6103 | ||
6104 | ||
6105 | ||
6106 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 109] | |
6107 | \f | |
6108 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6109 | ||
6110 | ||
6111 | DESCRIPTION | |
6112 | "Entries may exist in the table for each device index with a | |
6113 | device type of 'printer' Each entry defines the physical | |
6114 | characteristics of and the status of the media path. The data | |
6115 | provided indicates the maximum throughput and the media | |
6116 | size limitations of these subunits. | |
6117 | ||
6118 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6119 | for clarification." | |
6120 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtMediaPathIndex } | |
6121 | ::= { prtMediaPathTable 1 } | |
6122 | ||
6123 | PrtMediaPathEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
6124 | prtMediaPathIndex Integer32, | |
6125 | prtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnit PrtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnitTC, | |
6126 | prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit PrtMediaUnitTC, | |
6127 | prtMediaPathMaxSpeed Integer32, | |
6128 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaFeedDir Integer32, | |
6129 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaXFeedDir Integer32, | |
6130 | prtMediaPathMinMediaFeedDir Integer32, | |
6131 | prtMediaPathMinMediaXFeedDir Integer32, | |
6132 | prtMediaPathType PrtMediaPathTypeTC, | |
6133 | prtMediaPathDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
6134 | prtMediaPathStatus PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
6135 | } | |
6136 | ||
6137 | prtMediaPathIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6138 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
6139 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6140 | STATUS current | |
6141 | DESCRIPTION | |
6142 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this media | |
6143 | path. Although these values may change due to a major | |
6144 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new media | |
6145 | paths to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable across | |
6146 | successive printer power cycles. | |
6147 | ||
6148 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6149 | for clarification." | |
6150 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 1 } | |
6151 | ||
6152 | prtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
6153 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6154 | -- defined by this object. | |
6155 | SYNTAX PrtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnitTC | |
6156 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6157 | STATUS current | |
6158 | DESCRIPTION | |
6159 | ||
6160 | ||
6161 | ||
6162 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 110] | |
6163 | \f | |
6164 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6165 | ||
6166 | ||
6167 | "The unit of measure used in specifying the speed of all media | |
6168 | paths in the printer." | |
6169 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 2 } | |
6170 | ||
6171 | prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit OBJECT-TYPE | |
6172 | SYNTAX PrtMediaUnitTC | |
6173 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6174 | STATUS current | |
6175 | DESCRIPTION | |
6176 | "The units of measure of media size for use in calculating and | |
6177 | relaying dimensional values for all media paths in the | |
6178 | printer." | |
6179 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 3 } | |
6180 | ||
6181 | prtMediaPathMaxSpeed OBJECT-TYPE | |
6182 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6183 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6184 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6185 | STATUS current | |
6186 | DESCRIPTION | |
6187 | "The maximum printing speed of this media path expressed in | |
6188 | prtMediaPathMaxSpeedUnit's. A value of (-1) implies 'other'." | |
6189 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 4 } | |
6190 | ||
6191 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
6192 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6193 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6194 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6195 | STATUS current | |
6196 | DESCRIPTION | |
6197 | "The maximum physical media size in the feed direction of this | |
6198 | media path expressed in units of measure specified by | |
6199 | PrtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-1) implies 'unlimited' | |
6200 | a value of (-2) implies 'unknown'. | |
6201 | ||
6202 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6203 | for clarification." | |
6204 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 5 } | |
6205 | ||
6206 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaXFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
6207 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6208 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6209 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6210 | STATUS current | |
6211 | DESCRIPTION | |
6212 | "The maximum physical media size across the feed direction of | |
6213 | this media path expressed in units of measure specified by | |
6214 | prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-2) implies 'unknown'. | |
6215 | ||
6216 | ||
6217 | ||
6218 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 111] | |
6219 | \f | |
6220 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6221 | ||
6222 | ||
6223 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6224 | for clarification." | |
6225 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 6 } | |
6226 | ||
6227 | prtMediaPathMinMediaFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
6228 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6229 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6230 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6231 | STATUS current | |
6232 | DESCRIPTION | |
6233 | "The minimum physical media size in the feed direction of this | |
6234 | media path expressed in units of measure specified by | |
6235 | prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-2) implies 'unknown'. | |
6236 | ||
6237 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6238 | for clarification." | |
6239 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 7 } | |
6240 | ||
6241 | prtMediaPathMinMediaXFeedDir OBJECT-TYPE | |
6242 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6243 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6244 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6245 | STATUS current | |
6246 | DESCRIPTION | |
6247 | "The minimum physical media size across the feed direction of | |
6248 | this media path expressed in units of measure specified by | |
6249 | prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-2) implies 'unknown'. | |
6250 | ||
6251 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6252 | for clarification." | |
6253 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 8 } | |
6254 | ||
6255 | prtMediaPathType OBJECT-TYPE | |
6256 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6257 | -- defined by this object. | |
6258 | SYNTAX PrtMediaPathTypeTC | |
6259 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6260 | STATUS current | |
6261 | DESCRIPTION | |
6262 | "The type of the media path for this media path." | |
6263 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 9 } | |
6264 | ||
6265 | prtMediaPathDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
6266 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
6267 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
6268 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
6269 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6270 | STATUS current | |
6271 | ||
6272 | ||
6273 | ||
6274 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 112] | |
6275 | \f | |
6276 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6277 | ||
6278 | ||
6279 | DESCRIPTION | |
6280 | "The manufacturer-provided description of this media path in | |
6281 | the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization." | |
6282 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 10 } | |
6283 | ||
6284 | prtMediaPathStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
6285 | SYNTAX PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
6286 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6287 | STATUS current | |
6288 | DESCRIPTION | |
6289 | "The current status of this media path." | |
6290 | ::= { prtMediaPathEntry 11 } | |
6291 | ||
6292 | -- The Print Job Delivery Channel Group | |
6293 | -- | |
6294 | -- Print Job Delivery Channels are independent sources of print | |
6295 | -- data. Here, print data is the term used for the information | |
6296 | -- that is used to construct printed pages and may have both data | |
6297 | -- and control aspects. The output of a channel is in a form | |
6298 | -- suitable for input to one of the interpreters as a | |
6299 | -- stream. A channel may be independently enabled (allowing | |
6300 | -- print data to flow) or disabled (stopping the flow of | |
6301 | -- print data). A printer may have one or more channels. | |
6302 | -- | |
6303 | -- The Print Job Delivery Channel table describes the | |
6304 | -- capabilities of the printer and not what is currently being | |
6305 | -- performed by the printer | |
6306 | -- | |
6307 | -- Basically, the print job delivery channel abstraction | |
6308 | -- describes the final processing step of getting the print data | |
6309 | -- to an interpreter. It might include some level of | |
6310 | -- decompression or decoding of print stream data. | |
6311 | -- channel. All of these aspects are hidden in the channel | |
6312 | -- abstraction. | |
6313 | -- | |
6314 | -- There are many kinds of print job delivery channels; some of | |
6315 | -- which are based on networks and others which are not. For | |
6316 | -- example, a channel can be a serial (or parallel) connection; | |
6317 | -- it can be a service, such as the UNIX Line Printer Daemon | |
6318 | -- (LPD), offering services over a network connection; or | |
6319 | -- it could be a disk drive into which a floppy disk with | |
6320 | -- the print data is inserted. Each print job delivery channel is | |
6321 | -- identified by the electronic path and/or service protocol | |
6322 | -- used to deliver print data to a print data interpreter. | |
6323 | -- | |
6324 | -- Channel example Implementation | |
6325 | -- | |
6326 | -- serial port channel bi-directional data channel | |
6327 | ||
6328 | ||
6329 | ||
6330 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 113] | |
6331 | \f | |
6332 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6333 | ||
6334 | ||
6335 | -- parallel port channel often uni-directional channel | |
6336 | -- IEEE 1284 port channel bi-directional channel | |
6337 | -- SCSI port channel bi-directional | |
6338 | -- Apple PAP channel may be based on LocalTalk, | |
6339 | -- Ethernet or Tokentalk | |
6340 | -- LPD Server channel TCP/IP based, port 515 | |
6341 | -- Netware Remote Printer SPX/IPX based channel | |
6342 | -- Netware Print Server SPX/IPX based channel | |
6343 | -- | |
6344 | -- It is easy to note that this is a mixed bag. There are | |
6345 | -- some physical connections over which no (or very meager) | |
6346 | -- protocols are run (e.g., the serial or old parallel ports) | |
6347 | -- and there are services which often have elaborate | |
6348 | -- protocols that run over a number of protocol stacks. In | |
6349 | -- the end, what is important is the delivery of print data | |
6350 | -- through the channel. | |
6351 | -- | |
6352 | -- The print job delivery channel sub-units are represented by | |
6353 | -- the Print Job Delivery Channel Group in the Model. It has a | |
6354 | -- current print job control language, which can be used to | |
6355 | -- specify which interpreter is to be used for the print data and | |
6356 | -- to query and change environment variables used by the | |
6357 | -- interpreters (and Management Applications). There is also a | |
6358 | -- default interpreter that is to be used if an interpreter is | |
6359 | -- not explicitly specified using the Control Language. | |
6360 | ||
6361 | -- The first seven items in the Print Job Delivery Channel Table | |
6362 | -- define the "channel" itself. A channel typically depends on | |
6363 | -- other protocols and interfaces to provide the data that flows | |
6364 | -- through the channel. | |
6365 | -- | |
6366 | -- Control of a print job delivery channel is largely limited to | |
6367 | -- enabling or disabling the entire channel itself. It is likely | |
6368 | -- that more control of the process of accessing print data | |
6369 | -- will be needed over time. Thus, the ChannelType will | |
6370 | -- allow type-specific data to be associated with each | |
6371 | -- channel (using ChannelType specific groups in a fashion | |
6372 | -- analogous to the media specific MIBs that are associated | |
6373 | -- with the IANAIfType in the Interfaces Table). As a first | |
6374 | -- step in this direction, each channel will identify the | |
6375 | -- underlying Interface on which it is based. This is the | |
6376 | -- eighth object in each row of the table. | |
6377 | ||
6378 | ||
6379 | ||
6380 | ||
6381 | ||
6382 | ||
6383 | ||
6384 | ||
6385 | ||
6386 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 114] | |
6387 | \f | |
6388 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6389 | ||
6390 | ||
6391 | -- The Print Job Delivery Channel Table | |
6392 | ||
6393 | prtChannel OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 14 } | |
6394 | ||
6395 | prtChannelTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
6396 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtChannelEntry | |
6397 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6398 | STATUS current | |
6399 | DESCRIPTION | |
6400 | "The channel table represents the set of input data sources | |
6401 | which can provide print data to one or more of the | |
6402 | interpreters available on a printer. | |
6403 | ||
6404 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6405 | for clarification." | |
6406 | ::= { prtChannel 1 } | |
6407 | ||
6408 | prtChannelEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
6409 | SYNTAX PrtChannelEntry | |
6410 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6411 | STATUS current | |
6412 | DESCRIPTION | |
6413 | "Entries may exist in the table for each device index with a | |
6414 | device type of 'printer'. Each channel table entry is | |
6415 | characterized by a unique protocol stack and/or addressing. | |
6416 | The channel may also have printer dependent features that are | |
6417 | associated with a printing language. | |
6418 | ||
6419 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6420 | for clarification." | |
6421 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtChannelIndex } | |
6422 | ::= { prtChannelTable 1 } | |
6423 | ||
6424 | PrtChannelEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
6425 | prtChannelIndex Integer32, | |
6426 | prtChannelType PrtChannelTypeTC, | |
6427 | prtChannelProtocolVersion OCTET STRING, | |
6428 | prtChannelCurrentJobCntlLangIndex Integer32, | |
6429 | prtChannelDefaultPageDescLangIndex Integer32, | |
6430 | prtChannelState PrtChannelStateTC, | |
6431 | prtChannelIfIndex InterfaceIndexOrZero, | |
6432 | prtChannelStatus PrtSubUnitStatusTC, | |
6433 | prtChannelInformation OCTET STRING | |
6434 | } | |
6435 | ||
6436 | prtChannelIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6437 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6438 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
6439 | ||
6440 | ||
6441 | ||
6442 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 115] | |
6443 | \f | |
6444 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6445 | ||
6446 | ||
6447 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6448 | STATUS current | |
6449 | DESCRIPTION | |
6450 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this data | |
6451 | channel. Although these values may change due to a major | |
6452 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new data | |
6453 | channels to the printer), values SHOULD remain stable across | |
6454 | successive printer power cycles. | |
6455 | ||
6456 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6457 | for clarification." | |
6458 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 1 } | |
6459 | ||
6460 | prtChannelType OBJECT-TYPE | |
6461 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6462 | -- defined by this object. | |
6463 | SYNTAX PrtChannelTypeTC | |
6464 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6465 | STATUS current | |
6466 | DESCRIPTION | |
6467 | "The type of this print data channel. This object provides the | |
6468 | linkage to ChannelType-specific groups that may (conceptually) | |
6469 | extend the prtChannelTable with additional details about that | |
6470 | channel." | |
6471 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 2 } | |
6472 | ||
6473 | prtChannelProtocolVersion OBJECT-TYPE | |
6474 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..63)) | |
6475 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6476 | STATUS current | |
6477 | DESCRIPTION | |
6478 | "The version of the protocol used on this channel. The format | |
6479 | used for version numbering depends on prtChannelType." | |
6480 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 3 } | |
6481 | ||
6482 | prtChannelCurrentJobCntlLangIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6483 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6484 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
6485 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6486 | STATUS current | |
6487 | DESCRIPTION | |
6488 | "The value of prtInterpreterIndex corresponding to the Control | |
6489 | Language Interpreter for this channel. This interpreter defines | |
6490 | the syntax used for control functions, such as querying or | |
6491 | changing environment variables and identifying job boundaries | |
6492 | (e.g., PJL, PostScript, NPAP). A value of zero indicates that | |
6493 | there is no current Job Control Language Interpreter for this | |
6494 | channel. | |
6495 | ||
6496 | ||
6497 | ||
6498 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 116] | |
6499 | \f | |
6500 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6501 | ||
6502 | ||
6503 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6504 | for clarification." | |
6505 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 4 } | |
6506 | ||
6507 | prtChannelDefaultPageDescLangIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6508 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6509 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..65535) | |
6510 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6511 | STATUS current | |
6512 | DESCRIPTION | |
6513 | "The value of prtInterpreterIndex corresponding to the Page | |
6514 | Description Language Interpreter for this channel. This | |
6515 | interpreter defines the default Page Description Language | |
6516 | interpreter to be used for the print data unless the Control | |
6517 | Language is used to select a specific interpreter (e.g., PCL, | |
6518 | PostScript Language, auto-sense). A value of zero indicates | |
6519 | that there is no default page description language interpreter | |
6520 | for this channel. | |
6521 | ||
6522 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6523 | for clarification." | |
6524 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 5 } | |
6525 | ||
6526 | prtChannelState OBJECT-TYPE | |
6527 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6528 | -- defined by this object. | |
6529 | SYNTAX PrtChannelStateTC | |
6530 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6531 | STATUS current | |
6532 | DESCRIPTION | |
6533 | "The state of this print data channel. The value determines | |
6534 | whether control information and print data is allowed through | |
6535 | this channel or not." | |
6536 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 6 } | |
6537 | ||
6538 | prtChannelIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6539 | SYNTAX InterfaceIndexOrZero -- Was Integer32 in RFC 1759. | |
6540 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6541 | STATUS current | |
6542 | DESCRIPTION | |
6543 | "The value of ifIndex in the ifTable; see the Interfaces Group | |
6544 | MIB [RFC2863] which corresponds to this channel. | |
6545 | When more than one row of the ifTable is relevant, this is the | |
6546 | index of the row representing the topmost layer in the | |
6547 | interface hierarchy. A value of zero indicates that no | |
6548 | interface is associated with this channel. | |
6549 | ||
6550 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6551 | ||
6552 | ||
6553 | ||
6554 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 117] | |
6555 | \f | |
6556 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6557 | ||
6558 | ||
6559 | for clarification." | |
6560 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 7 } | |
6561 | ||
6562 | prtChannelStatus OBJECT-TYPE | |
6563 | SYNTAX PrtSubUnitStatusTC | |
6564 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6565 | STATUS current | |
6566 | DESCRIPTION | |
6567 | "The current status of the channel." | |
6568 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 8 } | |
6569 | ||
6570 | prtChannelInformation OBJECT-TYPE | |
6571 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE (0..255)) | |
6572 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6573 | STATUS current | |
6574 | DESCRIPTION | |
6575 | "Auxiliary information to allow a printing application to use | |
6576 | the channel for data submission to the printer. An application | |
6577 | capable of using a specific PrtChannelType should be able to | |
6578 | use the combined information from the prtChannelInformation and | |
6579 | other channel and interface group objects to 'bootstrap' its | |
6580 | use of the channel. prtChannelInformation is not intended to | |
6581 | provide a general channel description, nor to provide | |
6582 | information that is available once the channel is in use. | |
6583 | ||
6584 | The encoding and interpretation of the prtChannelInformation | |
6585 | object is specific to channel type. The description of each | |
6586 | PrtChannelType enum value for which prtChannelInformation is | |
6587 | defined specifies the appropriate encoding and interpretation, | |
6588 | including interaction with other objects. For channel types | |
6589 | that do not specify a prtChannelInformation value, its value | |
6590 | shall be null (0 length). | |
6591 | ||
6592 | When a new PrtChannelType enumeration value is registered, its | |
6593 | accompanying description must specify the encoding and | |
6594 | interpretation of the prtChannelInformation value for the | |
6595 | channel type. prtChannelInformation semantics for an existing | |
6596 | PrtChannelType may be added or amended in the same manner as | |
6597 | described in section 2.4.1 for type 2 enumeration values. | |
6598 | ||
6599 | The prtChannelInformation specifies values for a collection of | |
6600 | channel attributes, represented as text according to the | |
6601 | following rules: | |
6602 | ||
6603 | 1. The prtChannelInformation is not affected by localization. | |
6604 | ||
6605 | 2. The prtChannelInformation is a list of entries representing | |
6606 | the attribute values. Each entry consists of the following | |
6607 | ||
6608 | ||
6609 | ||
6610 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 118] | |
6611 | \f | |
6612 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6613 | ||
6614 | ||
6615 | items, in order: | |
6616 | ||
6617 | a. A keyword, composed of alphabetic characters (A-Z, a-z) | |
6618 | represented by their NVT ASCII [RFC854] codes, that | |
6619 | identifies a channel attribute, | |
6620 | ||
6621 | b. The NVT ASCII code for an Equals Sign (=) (code 61) to | |
6622 | delimit the keyword, | |
6623 | ||
6624 | c. A data value encoded using rules specific to the | |
6625 | PrtChannelType to with the prtChannelInformation applies which | |
6626 | must in no case allow an octet with value 10 (the NVT ASCII | |
6627 | Line Feed code), | |
6628 | ||
6629 | d. the NVT ASCII code for a Line Feed character (code 10) to | |
6630 | delimit the data value. | |
6631 | ||
6632 | No other octets shall be present. | |
6633 | ||
6634 | Keywords are case-sensitive. Conventionally, keywords are | |
6635 | capitalized (including each word of a multi-word keyword) and | |
6636 | since they occupy space in the prtChannelInformation, they are | |
6637 | kept short. | |
6638 | ||
6639 | 3. If a channel attribute has multiple values, it is | |
6640 | represented by multiple entries with the same keyword, each | |
6641 | specifying one value. Otherwise, there shall be at most one | |
6642 | entry for each attribute. | |
6643 | ||
6644 | 4. By default, entries may appear in any order. If there are | |
6645 | ordering constraints for particular entries, these must be | |
6646 | specified in their definitions. | |
6647 | ||
6648 | 5. The prtChannelInformation value by default consists of text | |
6649 | represented by NVT ASCII graphics character codes. However, | |
6650 | other representations may be specified: | |
6651 | ||
6652 | a. In cases where the prtChannelInformation value contains | |
6653 | information not normally coded in textual form, whatever | |
6654 | symbolic representation is conventionally used for the | |
6655 | information should be used for encoding the | |
6656 | prtChannelInformation value. (For instance, a binary port value | |
6657 | might be represented as a decimal number using NVT ASCII | |
6658 | codes.) Such encoding must be specified in the definition of | |
6659 | the value. | |
6660 | ||
6661 | b. The value may contain textual information in a character set | |
6662 | other than NVT ASCII graphics characters. (For instance, an | |
6663 | ||
6664 | ||
6665 | ||
6666 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 119] | |
6667 | \f | |
6668 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6669 | ||
6670 | ||
6671 | identifier might consist of ISO 10646 text encoded using the | |
6672 | UTF-8 encoding scheme.) Such a character set and its encoding | |
6673 | must be specified in the definition of the value. | |
6674 | ||
6675 | 6. For each PrtChannelType for which prtChannelInformation | |
6676 | entries are defined, the descriptive text associated with the | |
6677 | PrtChannelType enumeration value shall specify the following | |
6678 | information for each entry: | |
6679 | ||
6680 | Title: Brief description phrase, e.g.: 'Port name', | |
6681 | 'Service Name', etc. | |
6682 | ||
6683 | Keyword: The keyword value, e.g.: 'Port' or 'Service' | |
6684 | ||
6685 | Syntax: The encoding of the entry value if it cannot be | |
6686 | directly represented by NVT ASCII. | |
6687 | ||
6688 | Status: 'Mandatory', 'Optional', or 'Conditionally | |
6689 | Mandatory' | |
6690 | ||
6691 | Multiplicity: 'Single' or 'Multiple' to indicate whether the | |
6692 | entry may be present multiple times. | |
6693 | ||
6694 | Description: Description of the use of the entry, other | |
6695 | information required to complete the definition | |
6696 | (e.g.: ordering constraints, interactions between | |
6697 | entries). | |
6698 | ||
6699 | Applications that interpret prtChannelInformation should ignore | |
6700 | unrecognized entries, so they are not affected if new entry | |
6701 | types are added." | |
6702 | ||
6703 | ::= { prtChannelEntry 9 } | |
6704 | ||
6705 | -- The Interpreter Group | |
6706 | -- | |
6707 | -- The interpreter sub-units are responsible for the conversion | |
6708 | -- of a description of intended print instances into images that | |
6709 | -- are to be marked on the media. A printer may have one or more | |
6710 | -- interpreters. The interpreter sub-units are represented by the | |
6711 | -- Interpreter Group in the Model. Each interpreter is generally | |
6712 | -- implemented with software running on the System Controller | |
6713 | -- sub-unit. The Interpreter Table has one entry per interpreter | |
6714 | -- where the interpreters include both Page Description Language | |
6715 | -- (PDL) Interpreters and Control Language Interpreters. | |
6716 | ||
6717 | prtInterpreter OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 15 } | |
6718 | ||
6719 | ||
6720 | ||
6721 | ||
6722 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 120] | |
6723 | \f | |
6724 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6725 | ||
6726 | ||
6727 | -- Interpreter Table | |
6728 | ||
6729 | prtInterpreterTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
6730 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtInterpreterEntry | |
6731 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6732 | STATUS current | |
6733 | DESCRIPTION | |
6734 | "The interpreter table is a table representing the | |
6735 | interpreters in the printer. An entry shall be placed in the | |
6736 | interpreter table for each interpreter on the printer. | |
6737 | ||
6738 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6739 | for clarification." | |
6740 | ::= { prtInterpreter 1 } | |
6741 | ||
6742 | prtInterpreterEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
6743 | SYNTAX PrtInterpreterEntry | |
6744 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6745 | STATUS current | |
6746 | DESCRIPTION | |
6747 | "Entries may exist in the table for each device index with a | |
6748 | device type of 'printer'. Each table entry provides a complete | |
6749 | description of the interpreter, including version information, | |
6750 | rendering resolutions, default character sets, output | |
6751 | orientation, and communication capabilities. | |
6752 | ||
6753 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6754 | for clarification." | |
6755 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtInterpreterIndex } | |
6756 | ::= { prtInterpreterTable 1 } | |
6757 | ||
6758 | PrtInterpreterEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
6759 | prtInterpreterIndex Integer32, | |
6760 | prtInterpreterLangFamily PrtInterpreterLangFamilyTC, | |
6761 | prtInterpreterLangLevel OCTET STRING, | |
6762 | prtInterpreterLangVersion OCTET STRING, | |
6763 | prtInterpreterDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
6764 | prtInterpreterVersion OCTET STRING, | |
6765 | prtInterpreterDefaultOrientation PrtPrintOrientationTC, | |
6766 | prtInterpreterFeedAddressability Integer32, | |
6767 | prtInterpreterXFeedAddressability Integer32, | |
6768 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn IANACharset, | |
6769 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut IANACharset, | |
6770 | prtInterpreterTwoWay PrtInterpreterTwoWayTC | |
6771 | } | |
6772 | ||
6773 | prtInterpreterIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
6774 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6775 | ||
6776 | ||
6777 | ||
6778 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 121] | |
6779 | \f | |
6780 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6781 | ||
6782 | ||
6783 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
6784 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6785 | STATUS current | |
6786 | DESCRIPTION | |
6787 | "A unique value for each PDL or control language for which | |
6788 | there exists an interpreter or emulator in the printer. The | |
6789 | value is used to identify this interpreter. Although these | |
6790 | values may change due to a major reconfiguration of the device | |
6791 | (e.g., the addition of new interpreters to the printer), values | |
6792 | SHOULD remain stable across successive printer power cycles. | |
6793 | ||
6794 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6795 | for clarification." | |
6796 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 1 } | |
6797 | ||
6798 | prtInterpreterLangFamily OBJECT-TYPE | |
6799 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6800 | -- defined by this object. | |
6801 | SYNTAX PrtInterpreterLangFamilyTC | |
6802 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6803 | STATUS current | |
6804 | DESCRIPTION | |
6805 | "The family name of a Page Description Language (PDL) or | |
6806 | control language which this interpreter in the printer can | |
6807 | interpret or emulate. | |
6808 | ||
6809 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6810 | for clarification." | |
6811 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 2 } | |
6812 | ||
6813 | prtInterpreterLangLevel OBJECT-TYPE | |
6814 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..31)) | |
6815 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6816 | STATUS current | |
6817 | DESCRIPTION | |
6818 | "The level of the language which this interpreter is | |
6819 | interpreting or emulating. This might contain a value like | |
6820 | '5e'for an interpreter which is emulating level 5e of the PCL | |
6821 | language. It might contain '2' for an interpreter which is | |
6822 | emulating level 2 of the PostScript language. Similarly it | |
6823 | might contain '2' for an interpreter which is emulating level 2 | |
6824 | of the HPGL language." | |
6825 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 3 } | |
6826 | ||
6827 | prtInterpreterLangVersion OBJECT-TYPE | |
6828 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..31)) | |
6829 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6830 | STATUS current | |
6831 | ||
6832 | ||
6833 | ||
6834 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 122] | |
6835 | \f | |
6836 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6837 | ||
6838 | ||
6839 | DESCRIPTION | |
6840 | "The date code or version of the language which this | |
6841 | interpreter is interpreting or emulating." | |
6842 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 4 } | |
6843 | ||
6844 | prtInterpreterDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
6845 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
6846 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
6847 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
6848 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6849 | STATUS current | |
6850 | DESCRIPTION | |
6851 | "A string to identify this interpreter in the localization | |
6852 | specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization as opposed to the | |
6853 | language which is being interpreted. It is anticipated that | |
6854 | this string will allow manufacturers to unambiguously identify | |
6855 | their interpreters." | |
6856 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 5 } | |
6857 | ||
6858 | prtInterpreterVersion OBJECT-TYPE | |
6859 | SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..31)) | |
6860 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6861 | STATUS current | |
6862 | DESCRIPTION | |
6863 | "The date code, version number, or other product specific | |
6864 | information tied to this interpreter. This value is associated | |
6865 | with the interpreter, rather than with the version of the | |
6866 | language which is being interpreted or emulated." | |
6867 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 6 } | |
6868 | ||
6869 | prtInterpreterDefaultOrientation OBJECT-TYPE | |
6870 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6871 | -- defined by this object. | |
6872 | SYNTAX PrtPrintOrientationTC | |
6873 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6874 | STATUS current | |
6875 | DESCRIPTION | |
6876 | "The current orientation default for this interpreter. This | |
6877 | value may be overridden for a particular job (e.g., by a | |
6878 | command in the input data stream)." | |
6879 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 7 } | |
6880 | ||
6881 | prtInterpreterFeedAddressability OBJECT-TYPE | |
6882 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6883 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6884 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6885 | STATUS current | |
6886 | DESCRIPTION | |
6887 | ||
6888 | ||
6889 | ||
6890 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 123] | |
6891 | \f | |
6892 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6893 | ||
6894 | ||
6895 | "The maximum interpreter addressability in the feed | |
6896 | direction in 10000 prtMarkerAddressabilityUnits (as specified | |
6897 | by prtMarkerDefaultIndex) for this interpreter. The | |
6898 | value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the | |
6899 | sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value | |
6900 | (-2) means unknown. | |
6901 | ||
6902 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6903 | for clarification." | |
6904 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 8 } | |
6905 | ||
6906 | prtInterpreterXFeedAddressability OBJECT-TYPE | |
6907 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
6908 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
6909 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6910 | STATUS current | |
6911 | DESCRIPTION | |
6912 | "The maximum interpreter addressability in the cross feed | |
6913 | direction in 10000 prtMarkerAddressabilityUnits (as specified | |
6914 | by prtMarkerDefaultIndex) for this interpreter. The | |
6915 | value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the | |
6916 | sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value | |
6917 | (-2) means unknown. | |
6918 | ||
6919 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6920 | for clarification." | |
6921 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 9 } | |
6922 | ||
6923 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn OBJECT-TYPE | |
6924 | SYNTAX IANACharset | |
6925 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6926 | STATUS current | |
6927 | DESCRIPTION | |
6928 | "The default coded character set for input octets encountered | |
6929 | outside a context in which the Page Description Language | |
6930 | established the interpretation of the octets. (Input octets are | |
6931 | presented to the interpreter through a path defined in the | |
6932 | channel group.)" | |
6933 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 10 } | |
6934 | ||
6935 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut OBJECT-TYPE | |
6936 | SYNTAX IANACharset | |
6937 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
6938 | STATUS current | |
6939 | DESCRIPTION | |
6940 | "The default character set for data coming from this | |
6941 | interpreter through the printer's output channel (i.e. the | |
6942 | 'backchannel')." | |
6943 | ||
6944 | ||
6945 | ||
6946 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 124] | |
6947 | \f | |
6948 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
6949 | ||
6950 | ||
6951 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 11 } | |
6952 | ||
6953 | prtInterpreterTwoWay OBJECT-TYPE | |
6954 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
6955 | -- defined by this object. | |
6956 | SYNTAX PrtInterpreterTwoWayTC | |
6957 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
6958 | STATUS current | |
6959 | DESCRIPTION | |
6960 | "Indicates whether or not this interpreter returns information | |
6961 | back to the host." | |
6962 | ::= { prtInterpreterEntry 12 } | |
6963 | ||
6964 | -- The Console Group | |
6965 | -- | |
6966 | -- Many printers have a console on the printer, the operator | |
6967 | -- console, that is used to display and modify the state of the | |
6968 | -- printer. The console can be as simple as a few indicators and | |
6969 | -- switches or as complicated as full screen displays and | |
6970 | -- keyboards. There can be at most one such console. | |
6971 | ||
6972 | -- The Display Buffer Table | |
6973 | ||
6974 | prtConsoleDisplayBuffer OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 16 } | |
6975 | ||
6976 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
6977 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry | |
6978 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6979 | STATUS current | |
6980 | DESCRIPTION | |
6981 | "Physical display buffer for printer console display or | |
6982 | operator panel | |
6983 | ||
6984 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6985 | for clarification." | |
6986 | ::= { prtConsoleDisplayBuffer 5 } | |
6987 | ||
6988 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
6989 | SYNTAX PrtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry | |
6990 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
6991 | STATUS current | |
6992 | DESCRIPTION | |
6993 | "This table contains one entry for each physical line on | |
6994 | the display. Lines cannot be added or deleted. Entries may | |
6995 | exist in the table for each device index with a device type of | |
6996 | 'printer'. | |
6997 | ||
6998 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
6999 | ||
7000 | ||
7001 | ||
7002 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 125] | |
7003 | \f | |
7004 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7005 | ||
7006 | ||
7007 | for clarification." | |
7008 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtConsoleDisplayBufferIndex } | |
7009 | ::= { prtConsoleDisplayBufferTable 1 } | |
7010 | ||
7011 | PrtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
7012 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferIndex Integer32, | |
7013 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferText PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC | |
7014 | } | |
7015 | ||
7016 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
7017 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) | |
7018 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
7019 | STATUS current | |
7020 | DESCRIPTION | |
7021 | "A unique value for each console line in the printer. The value | |
7022 | is used to identify this console line. Although these values | |
7023 | may change due to a major reconfiguration of the device (e.g., | |
7024 | the addition of new console lines to the printer). Values | |
7025 | SHOULD remain stable across successive printer power cycles. | |
7026 | ||
7027 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7028 | for clarification." | |
7029 | ::= { prtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry 1 } | |
7030 | ||
7031 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferText OBJECT-TYPE | |
7032 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
7033 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
7034 | SYNTAX PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC | |
7035 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
7036 | STATUS current | |
7037 | DESCRIPTION | |
7038 | "The content of a line in the logical display buffer of | |
7039 | the operator's console of the printer. When a write | |
7040 | operation occurs, normally a critical message, to one of | |
7041 | the LineText strings, the agent should make that line | |
7042 | displayable if a physical display is present. Writing a zero | |
7043 | length string clears the line. It is an implementation- | |
7044 | specific matter as to whether the agent allows a line to be | |
7045 | overwritten before it has been cleared. Printer generated | |
7046 | strings shall be in the localization specified by | |
7047 | prtConsoleLocalization.Management Application generated strings | |
7048 | should be localized by the Management Application." | |
7049 | ::= { prtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry 2 } | |
7050 | ||
7051 | -- The Console Light Table | |
7052 | ||
7053 | prtConsoleLights OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 17 } | |
7054 | ||
7055 | ||
7056 | ||
7057 | ||
7058 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 126] | |
7059 | \f | |
7060 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7061 | ||
7062 | ||
7063 | prtConsoleLightTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
7064 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtConsoleLightEntry | |
7065 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
7066 | STATUS current | |
7067 | DESCRIPTION | |
7068 | "The console light table provides a description and state | |
7069 | information for each light present on the printer console. | |
7070 | ||
7071 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7072 | for clarification." | |
7073 | ::= { prtConsoleLights 6 } | |
7074 | ||
7075 | prtConsoleLightEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
7076 | SYNTAX PrtConsoleLightEntry | |
7077 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
7078 | STATUS current | |
7079 | DESCRIPTION | |
7080 | "Entries may exist in the table for each device index with a | |
7081 | device type of 'printer'. | |
7082 | ||
7083 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7084 | for clarification." | |
7085 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtConsoleLightIndex } | |
7086 | ::= { prtConsoleLightTable 1 } | |
7087 | ||
7088 | PrtConsoleLightEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
7089 | prtConsoleLightIndex Integer32, | |
7090 | prtConsoleOnTime Integer32, | |
7091 | prtConsoleOffTime Integer32, | |
7092 | prtConsoleColor PrtConsoleColorTC, | |
7093 | prtConsoleDescription PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC | |
7094 | } | |
7095 | ||
7096 | prtConsoleLightIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
7097 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) -- Lower limit invalid in RFC 1759 | |
7098 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
7099 | STATUS current | |
7100 | DESCRIPTION | |
7101 | "A unique value used by the printer to identify this light. | |
7102 | Although these values may change due to a major | |
7103 | reconfiguration of the device (e.g., the addition of new lights | |
7104 | to the printer). Values SHOULD remain stable across successive | |
7105 | printer power cycles. | |
7106 | ||
7107 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7108 | for clarification." | |
7109 | ::= { prtConsoleLightEntry 1 } | |
7110 | ||
7111 | ||
7112 | ||
7113 | ||
7114 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 127] | |
7115 | \f | |
7116 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7117 | ||
7118 | ||
7119 | prtConsoleOnTime OBJECT-TYPE | |
7120 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
7121 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..2147483647) | |
7122 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
7123 | STATUS current | |
7124 | DESCRIPTION | |
7125 | "This object, in conjunction with prtConsoleOffTime, defines | |
7126 | the current status of the light. If both prtConsoleOnTime and | |
7127 | prtConsoleOffTime are non-zero, the lamp is blinking and the | |
7128 | values presented define the on time and off time, respectively, | |
7129 | in milliseconds. If prtConsoleOnTime is zero and | |
7130 | prtConsoleOffTime is non-zero, the lamp is off. If | |
7131 | prtConsoleOffTime is zero and prtConsoleOnTime is non-zero, the | |
7132 | lamp is on. If both values are zero the lamp is off. | |
7133 | ||
7134 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7135 | for clarification." | |
7136 | ::= { prtConsoleLightEntry 2 } | |
7137 | ||
7138 | prtConsoleOffTime OBJECT-TYPE | |
7139 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
7140 | SYNTAX Integer32 (0..2147483647) | |
7141 | MAX-ACCESS read-write | |
7142 | STATUS current | |
7143 | DESCRIPTION | |
7144 | "This object, in conjunction with prtConsoleOnTime, defines the | |
7145 | current status of the light. If both prtConsoleOnTime and | |
7146 | prtConsoleOffTime are non-zero, the lamp is blinking and the | |
7147 | values presented define the on time and off time, respectively, | |
7148 | in milliseconds. If prtConsoleOnTime is zero and | |
7149 | prtConsoleOffTime is non-zero, the lamp is off. If | |
7150 | prtConsoleOffTime is zero and prtConsoleOnTime is non-zero, the | |
7151 | lamp is on. If both values are zero the lamp is off. | |
7152 | ||
7153 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7154 | for clarification." | |
7155 | ::= { prtConsoleLightEntry 3 } | |
7156 | ||
7157 | prtConsoleColor OBJECT-TYPE | |
7158 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
7159 | -- defined by this object. | |
7160 | SYNTAX PrtConsoleColorTC | |
7161 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7162 | STATUS current | |
7163 | DESCRIPTION | |
7164 | "The color of this light." | |
7165 | ::= { prtConsoleLightEntry 4 } | |
7166 | ||
7167 | ||
7168 | ||
7169 | ||
7170 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 128] | |
7171 | \f | |
7172 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7173 | ||
7174 | ||
7175 | prtConsoleDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
7176 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
7177 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
7178 | SYNTAX PrtConsoleDescriptionStringTC | |
7179 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7180 | STATUS current | |
7181 | DESCRIPTION | |
7182 | "The vendor description or label of this light in the | |
7183 | localization specified by prtConsoleLocalization." | |
7184 | ::= { prtConsoleLightEntry 5 } | |
7185 | ||
7186 | -- The Alerts Group | |
7187 | -- | |
7188 | -- The table contains information on the severity, component, | |
7189 | -- detail location within the component, alert code and | |
7190 | -- description of each critical alert that is currently active | |
7191 | -- within the printer. See 2.2.13 for a more complete | |
7192 | -- description of the alerts table and its management. | |
7193 | -- | |
7194 | -- Each parameter in the Trap PDU is a full OID which itself is | |
7195 | -- indexed by the host resources MIB "hrDeviceIndex" object. In | |
7196 | -- order for a management station to obtain the correct | |
7197 | -- "hrDeviceIndex" associated with a particular Trap PDU, the | |
7198 | -- "hrDeviceIndex" value can be extracted from the returned OID | |
7199 | -- value in the Trap PDU when the PDU is received by the | |
7200 | -- Management station. | |
7201 | ||
7202 | prtAlert OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 18 } | |
7203 | ||
7204 | prtAlertTable OBJECT-TYPE | |
7205 | SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PrtAlertEntry | |
7206 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
7207 | STATUS current | |
7208 | DESCRIPTION | |
7209 | "The prtAlertTable lists all the critical and non-critical | |
7210 | alerts currently active in the printer. A critical alert is | |
7211 | one that stops the printer from printing immediately and | |
7212 | printing can not continue until the critical alert condition | |
7213 | is eliminated. Non-critical alerts are those items that do | |
7214 | not stop printing but may at some future time. | |
7215 | ||
7216 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7217 | for clarification." | |
7218 | ::= { prtAlert 1 } | |
7219 | ||
7220 | prtAlertEntry OBJECT-TYPE | |
7221 | SYNTAX PrtAlertEntry | |
7222 | MAX-ACCESS not-accessible | |
7223 | ||
7224 | ||
7225 | ||
7226 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 129] | |
7227 | \f | |
7228 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7229 | ||
7230 | ||
7231 | STATUS current | |
7232 | DESCRIPTION | |
7233 | "Entries may exist in the table for each device | |
7234 | index with a device type of 'printer'. | |
7235 | ||
7236 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7237 | for clarification." | |
7238 | INDEX { hrDeviceIndex, prtAlertIndex } | |
7239 | ::= { prtAlertTable 1 } | |
7240 | ||
7241 | PrtAlertEntry ::= SEQUENCE { | |
7242 | prtAlertIndex Integer32, | |
7243 | prtAlertSeverityLevel PrtAlertSeverityLevelTC, | |
7244 | prtAlertTrainingLevel PrtAlertTrainingLevelTC, | |
7245 | prtAlertGroup PrtAlertGroupTC, | |
7246 | prtAlertGroupIndex Integer32, | |
7247 | prtAlertLocation Integer32, | |
7248 | prtAlertCode PrtAlertCodeTC, | |
7249 | prtAlertDescription PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC, | |
7250 | prtAlertTime TimeTicks | |
7251 | } | |
7252 | ||
7253 | prtAlertIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
7254 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. The MAX-ACCESS has | |
7255 | -- been changed from not accessible to allow the object to be | |
7256 | -- included (as originally in RFC 1759) in the trap bindings. | |
7257 | ||
7258 | SYNTAX Integer32 (1..2147483647) | |
7259 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7260 | STATUS current | |
7261 | DESCRIPTION | |
7262 | "The index value used to determine which alerts have been added | |
7263 | or removed from the alert table. This is an incrementing | |
7264 | integer initialized to 1 when the printer is reset. (i.e., The | |
7265 | first event placed in the alert table after a reset of the | |
7266 | printer shall have an index value of 1.) When the printer adds | |
7267 | an alert to the table, that alert is assigned the next higher | |
7268 | integer value from the last item entered into the table. If | |
7269 | the index value reaches its maximum value, the next index value | |
7270 | used must be 1. | |
7271 | ||
7272 | NOTE: The management application will read the alert table when | |
7273 | a trap or event notification occurs or at a periodic rate and | |
7274 | then parse the table to determine if any new entries were added | |
7275 | by comparing the last known index value with the current | |
7276 | highest index value. The management application will then | |
7277 | update its copy of the alert table. When the printer discovers | |
7278 | that an alert is no longer active, the printer shall remove the | |
7279 | ||
7280 | ||
7281 | ||
7282 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 130] | |
7283 | \f | |
7284 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7285 | ||
7286 | ||
7287 | row for that alert from the table and shall reduce the number | |
7288 | of rows in the table. The printer may add or delete any number | |
7289 | of rows from the table at any time. The management station can | |
7290 | detect when binary change alerts have been deleted by | |
7291 | requesting an attribute of each alert, and noting alerts as | |
7292 | deleted when that retrieval is not possible. The objects | |
7293 | 'prtAlertCriticalEvents'and 'prtAlertAllEvents' in the | |
7294 | 'prtGeneralTable' reduce the need for management applications | |
7295 | to scan the 'prtAlertTable'. | |
7296 | ||
7297 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7298 | for clarification." | |
7299 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 1 } | |
7300 | ||
7301 | prtAlertSeverityLevel OBJECT-TYPE | |
7302 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
7303 | -- defined by this object. | |
7304 | SYNTAX PrtAlertSeverityLevelTC | |
7305 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7306 | STATUS current | |
7307 | DESCRIPTION | |
7308 | "The level of severity of this alert table entry. The printer | |
7309 | determines the severity level assigned to each entry into the | |
7310 | table." | |
7311 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 2 } | |
7312 | ||
7313 | prtAlertTrainingLevel OBJECT-TYPE | |
7314 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
7315 | -- defined by this object. | |
7316 | SYNTAX PrtAlertTrainingLevelTC | |
7317 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7318 | STATUS current | |
7319 | DESCRIPTION | |
7320 | "See TEXTUAL-CONVENTION PrtAlertTrainingLevelTC. | |
7321 | ||
7322 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7323 | for clarification." | |
7324 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 3 } | |
7325 | ||
7326 | prtAlertGroup OBJECT-TYPE | |
7327 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
7328 | -- defined by this object. | |
7329 | SYNTAX PrtAlertGroupTC | |
7330 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7331 | STATUS current | |
7332 | DESCRIPTION | |
7333 | "The type of sub-unit within the printer model that this alert | |
7334 | is related. Input, output, and markers are examples of printer | |
7335 | ||
7336 | ||
7337 | ||
7338 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 131] | |
7339 | \f | |
7340 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7341 | ||
7342 | ||
7343 | model groups, i.e., examples of types of sub-units. Wherever | |
7344 | possible, these enumerations match the sub-identifier that | |
7345 | identifies the relevant table in the printmib." | |
7346 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 4 } | |
7347 | ||
7348 | prtAlertGroupIndex OBJECT-TYPE | |
7349 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
7350 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-1..2147483647) | |
7351 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7352 | STATUS current | |
7353 | DESCRIPTION | |
7354 | "The low-order index of the row within the table identified | |
7355 | by prtAlertGroup that represents the sub-unit of the printer | |
7356 | that caused this alert, or -1 if not applicable. The | |
7357 | combination of the prtAlertGroup and the prtAlertGroupIndex | |
7358 | defines exactly which printer sub-unit caused the alert; for | |
7359 | example, Input #3, Output#2, and Marker #1. Every object in | |
7360 | this MIB is indexed with hrDeviceIndex and optionally, another | |
7361 | index variable. If this other index variable is present in the | |
7362 | table that generated the alert, it will be used as the value | |
7363 | for this object. Otherwise, this value shall be -1. | |
7364 | ||
7365 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7366 | for clarification." | |
7367 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 5 } | |
7368 | ||
7369 | prtAlertLocation OBJECT-TYPE | |
7370 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the range was not defined. | |
7371 | SYNTAX Integer32 (-2..2147483647) | |
7372 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7373 | STATUS current | |
7374 | DESCRIPTION | |
7375 | "The sub-unit location that is defined by the printer | |
7376 | manufacturer to further refine the location of this alert | |
7377 | within the designated sub-unit. The location is used in | |
7378 | conjunction with the Group and GroupIndex values; for example, | |
7379 | there is an alert in Input #2 at location number 7. The value | |
7380 | (-2) indicates unknown. | |
7381 | ||
7382 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7383 | for clarification." | |
7384 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 6 } | |
7385 | ||
7386 | prtAlertCode OBJECT-TYPE | |
7387 | -- NOTE: In RFC 1759, the enumeration values were implicitly | |
7388 | -- defined by this object. | |
7389 | SYNTAX PrtAlertCodeTC | |
7390 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7391 | ||
7392 | ||
7393 | ||
7394 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 132] | |
7395 | \f | |
7396 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7397 | ||
7398 | ||
7399 | STATUS current | |
7400 | DESCRIPTION | |
7401 | "See associated TEXTUAL-CONVENTION PrtAlertCodeTC. | |
7402 | ||
7403 | NOTE: The above description has been modified from RFC 1759 | |
7404 | for clarification." | |
7405 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 7 } | |
7406 | ||
7407 | prtAlertDescription OBJECT-TYPE | |
7408 | -- In RFC 1759, the SYNTAX was OCTET STRING. This has been changed | |
7409 | -- to a TC to better support localization of the object. | |
7410 | SYNTAX PrtLocalizedDescriptionStringTC | |
7411 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7412 | STATUS current | |
7413 | DESCRIPTION | |
7414 | "A description of this alert entry in the localization | |
7415 | specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. The description is | |
7416 | provided by the printer to further elaborate on the enumerated | |
7417 | alert or provide information in the case where the code is | |
7418 | classified as 'other' or 'unknown'. The printer is required to | |
7419 | return a description string but the string may be a null | |
7420 | string." | |
7421 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 8 } | |
7422 | ||
7423 | prtAlertTime OBJECT-TYPE | |
7424 | SYNTAX TimeTicks | |
7425 | MAX-ACCESS read-only | |
7426 | STATUS current | |
7427 | DESCRIPTION | |
7428 | "The value of sysUpTime at the time that this alert was | |
7429 | generated." | |
7430 | ::= { prtAlertEntry 9 } | |
7431 | ||
7432 | printerV1Alert OBJECT-IDENTITY | |
7433 | STATUS current | |
7434 | DESCRIPTION | |
7435 | "The value of the enterprise-specific OID in an SNMPv1 trap | |
7436 | sent signaling a critical event in the prtAlertTable." | |
7437 | ::= { prtAlert 2 } | |
7438 | ||
7439 | printerV2AlertPrefix OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printerV1Alert 0 } | |
7440 | ||
7441 | printerV2Alert NOTIFICATION-TYPE | |
7442 | OBJECTS { prtAlertIndex, prtAlertSeverityLevel, prtAlertGroup, | |
7443 | prtAlertGroupIndex, prtAlertLocation, prtAlertCode } | |
7444 | STATUS current | |
7445 | DESCRIPTION | |
7446 | "This trap is sent whenever a critical event is added to the | |
7447 | ||
7448 | ||
7449 | ||
7450 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 133] | |
7451 | \f | |
7452 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7453 | ||
7454 | ||
7455 | prtAlertTable. | |
7456 | ||
7457 | NOTE: The prtAlertIndex object was redundantly included in the | |
7458 | bindings of the 'printerV2Alert' notification in RFC 1759, even | |
7459 | though the value exists in the instance qualifier of all the | |
7460 | other bindings. This object has been retained to provide | |
7461 | compatiblity with existing RFC 1759 implementaions." | |
7462 | ::= { printerV2AlertPrefix 1 } | |
7463 | ||
7464 | -- Note that the SNMPv2 to SNMPv1 translation rules dictate that | |
7465 | -- the preceding structure will result in SNMPv1 traps of the | |
7466 | -- following form: | |
7467 | -- | |
7468 | -- printerAlert TRAP-TYPE | |
7469 | -- ENTERPRISE printerV1Alert | |
7470 | -- VARIABLES { prtAlertIndex, prtAlertSeverityLevel, | |
7471 | -- prtAlertGroup, prtAlertGroupIndex, | |
7472 | -- prtAlertLocation, prtAlertCode } | |
7473 | -- DESCRIPTION | |
7474 | -- "This trap is sent whenever a critical event is added | |
7475 | -- to the prtAlertTable." | |
7476 | -- ::= 1 | |
7477 | ||
7478 | -- Conformance Information | |
7479 | ||
7480 | prtMIBConformance OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { printmib 2 } | |
7481 | ||
7482 | -- compliance statements | |
7483 | ||
7484 | prtMIBCompliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE | |
7485 | ||
7486 | STATUS current | |
7487 | DESCRIPTION | |
7488 | "The compliance statement for agents that implement the | |
7489 | printer MIB as defined by RFC 1759." | |
7490 | MODULE -- this module | |
7491 | MANDATORY-GROUPS { prtGeneralGroup, prtInputGroup, | |
7492 | prtOutputGroup, | |
7493 | prtMarkerGroup, prtMediaPathGroup, | |
7494 | prtChannelGroup, prtInterpreterGroup, | |
7495 | prtConsoleGroup, prtAlertTableGroup } | |
7496 | OBJECT prtGeneralReset | |
7497 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
7498 | notResetting(3), | |
7499 | resetToNVRAM(5) | |
7500 | } | |
7501 | DESCRIPTION | |
7502 | "It is conformant to implement just these two states in this | |
7503 | ||
7504 | ||
7505 | ||
7506 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 134] | |
7507 | \f | |
7508 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7509 | ||
7510 | ||
7511 | object. Any additional states are optional." | |
7512 | ||
7513 | OBJECT prtConsoleOnTime | |
7514 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7515 | DESCRIPTION | |
7516 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7517 | ||
7518 | OBJECT prtConsoleOffTime | |
7519 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7520 | DESCRIPTION | |
7521 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7522 | ::= { prtMIBConformance 1 } | |
7523 | ||
7524 | prtMIB2Compliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE | |
7525 | STATUS current | |
7526 | DESCRIPTION | |
7527 | "The compliance statement for agents that implement the | |
7528 | printer MIB V2." | |
7529 | -- The changes from RFC 1759 fall into 2 categories: | |
7530 | -- 1. New objects plus existing objects with a MIN-ACCESS of | |
7531 | -- read-only are included. Existing objects have been added | |
7532 | -- to this category due to feedback from implementers and | |
7533 | -- interoperability testing. This allows products to be | |
7534 | -- be designed with a higher degree of SNMP security. | |
7535 | -- 2. New object groups have been added to include all new | |
7536 | -- objects in this MIB. All new object groups are optional. | |
7537 | -- Any MIB that is compliant with RFC 1759 will also be | |
7538 | -- compliant with this version of the MIB. | |
7539 | MODULE -- this module | |
7540 | MANDATORY-GROUPS { prtGeneralGroup, prtInputGroup, | |
7541 | prtOutputGroup, | |
7542 | prtMarkerGroup, prtMediaPathGroup, | |
7543 | prtChannelGroup, prtInterpreterGroup, | |
7544 | prtConsoleGroup, prtAlertTableGroup } | |
7545 | OBJECT prtGeneralReset | |
7546 | SYNTAX INTEGER { | |
7547 | notResetting(3), | |
7548 | resetToNVRAM(5) | |
7549 | } | |
7550 | DESCRIPTION | |
7551 | "It is conformant to implement just these two states in this | |
7552 | object. Any additional states are optional." | |
7553 | ||
7554 | OBJECT prtGeneralCurrentLocalization | |
7555 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7556 | DESCRIPTION | |
7557 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7558 | ||
7559 | ||
7560 | ||
7561 | ||
7562 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 135] | |
7563 | \f | |
7564 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7565 | ||
7566 | ||
7567 | OBJECT prtGeneralCurrentOperator | |
7568 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7569 | DESCRIPTION | |
7570 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7571 | ||
7572 | OBJECT prtGeneralServicePerson | |
7573 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7574 | DESCRIPTION | |
7575 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7576 | ||
7577 | OBJECT prtGeneralPrinterName | |
7578 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7579 | DESCRIPTION | |
7580 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7581 | ||
7582 | OBJECT prtGeneralSerialNumber | |
7583 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7584 | DESCRIPTION | |
7585 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7586 | ||
7587 | OBJECT prtInputDefaultIndex | |
7588 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7589 | DESCRIPTION | |
7590 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7591 | ||
7592 | OBJECT prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared | |
7593 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7594 | DESCRIPTION | |
7595 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7596 | ||
7597 | OBJECT prtInputMaxCapacity | |
7598 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7599 | DESCRIPTION | |
7600 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7601 | ||
7602 | OBJECT prtInputCurrentLevel | |
7603 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7604 | DESCRIPTION | |
7605 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7606 | ||
7607 | OBJECT prtInputMediaName | |
7608 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7609 | DESCRIPTION | |
7610 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7611 | ||
7612 | OBJECT prtInputName | |
7613 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7614 | DESCRIPTION | |
7615 | ||
7616 | ||
7617 | ||
7618 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 136] | |
7619 | \f | |
7620 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7621 | ||
7622 | ||
7623 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7624 | ||
7625 | OBJECT prtInputSecurity | |
7626 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7627 | DESCRIPTION | |
7628 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7629 | ||
7630 | OBJECT prtInputMediaWeight | |
7631 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7632 | DESCRIPTION | |
7633 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7634 | ||
7635 | OBJECT prtInputMediaType | |
7636 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7637 | DESCRIPTION | |
7638 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7639 | ||
7640 | OBJECT prtInputMediaColor | |
7641 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7642 | DESCRIPTION | |
7643 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7644 | ||
7645 | OBJECT prtInputMediaFormParts | |
7646 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7647 | DESCRIPTION | |
7648 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7649 | ||
7650 | OBJECT prtOutputDefaultIndex | |
7651 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7652 | DESCRIPTION | |
7653 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7654 | ||
7655 | OBJECT prtOutputMaxCapacity | |
7656 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7657 | DESCRIPTION | |
7658 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7659 | ||
7660 | OBJECT prtOutputRemainingCapacity | |
7661 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7662 | DESCRIPTION | |
7663 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7664 | ||
7665 | OBJECT prtOutputName | |
7666 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7667 | DESCRIPTION | |
7668 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7669 | ||
7670 | OBJECT prtOutputSecurity | |
7671 | ||
7672 | ||
7673 | ||
7674 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 137] | |
7675 | \f | |
7676 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7677 | ||
7678 | ||
7679 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7680 | DESCRIPTION | |
7681 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7682 | ||
7683 | OBJECT prtOutputMaxDimFeedDir | |
7684 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7685 | DESCRIPTION | |
7686 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7687 | ||
7688 | OBJECT prtOutputMaxDimXFeedDir | |
7689 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7690 | DESCRIPTION | |
7691 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7692 | ||
7693 | OBJECT prtOutputMinDimFeedDir | |
7694 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7695 | DESCRIPTION | |
7696 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7697 | ||
7698 | OBJECT prtOutputMinDimXFeedDir | |
7699 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7700 | DESCRIPTION | |
7701 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7702 | ||
7703 | OBJECT prtOutputStackingOrder | |
7704 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7705 | DESCRIPTION | |
7706 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7707 | ||
7708 | OBJECT prtOutputPageDeliveryOrientation | |
7709 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7710 | DESCRIPTION | |
7711 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7712 | ||
7713 | OBJECT prtOutputBursting | |
7714 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7715 | DESCRIPTION | |
7716 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7717 | ||
7718 | OBJECT prtOutputDecollating | |
7719 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7720 | DESCRIPTION | |
7721 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7722 | ||
7723 | OBJECT prtOutputPageCollated | |
7724 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7725 | DESCRIPTION | |
7726 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7727 | ||
7728 | ||
7729 | ||
7730 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 138] | |
7731 | \f | |
7732 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7733 | ||
7734 | ||
7735 | OBJECT prtOutputOffsetStacking | |
7736 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7737 | DESCRIPTION | |
7738 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7739 | ||
7740 | OBJECT prtMarkerDefaultIndex | |
7741 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7742 | DESCRIPTION | |
7743 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7744 | ||
7745 | OBJECT prtMarkerSuppliesMaxCapacity | |
7746 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7747 | DESCRIPTION | |
7748 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7749 | ||
7750 | OBJECT prtMarkerSuppliesLevel | |
7751 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7752 | DESCRIPTION | |
7753 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7754 | ||
7755 | OBJECT prtMediaPathDefaultIndex | |
7756 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7757 | DESCRIPTION | |
7758 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7759 | ||
7760 | OBJECT prtChannelCurrentJobCntlLangIndex | |
7761 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7762 | DESCRIPTION | |
7763 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7764 | ||
7765 | OBJECT prtChannelDefaultPageDescLangIndex | |
7766 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7767 | DESCRIPTION | |
7768 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7769 | ||
7770 | OBJECT prtChannelState | |
7771 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7772 | DESCRIPTION | |
7773 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7774 | ||
7775 | OBJECT prtChannelIfIndex | |
7776 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7777 | DESCRIPTION | |
7778 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7779 | ||
7780 | OBJECT prtInterpreterDefaultOrientation | |
7781 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7782 | DESCRIPTION | |
7783 | ||
7784 | ||
7785 | ||
7786 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 139] | |
7787 | \f | |
7788 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7789 | ||
7790 | ||
7791 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7792 | ||
7793 | OBJECT prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn | |
7794 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7795 | DESCRIPTION | |
7796 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7797 | ||
7798 | OBJECT prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut | |
7799 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7800 | DESCRIPTION | |
7801 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7802 | ||
7803 | OBJECT prtConsoleLocalization | |
7804 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7805 | DESCRIPTION | |
7806 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7807 | ||
7808 | OBJECT prtConsoleDisable | |
7809 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7810 | DESCRIPTION | |
7811 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7812 | ||
7813 | OBJECT prtConsoleDisplayBufferText | |
7814 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7815 | DESCRIPTION | |
7816 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7817 | ||
7818 | OBJECT prtConsoleOnTime | |
7819 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7820 | DESCRIPTION | |
7821 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7822 | ||
7823 | OBJECT prtConsoleOffTime | |
7824 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7825 | DESCRIPTION | |
7826 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7827 | ||
7828 | OBJECT prtAlertIndex | |
7829 | MIN-ACCESS accessible-for-notify | |
7830 | DESCRIPTION | |
7831 | "It is conformant to implement this object as | |
7832 | accessible-for-notify " | |
7833 | ||
7834 | GROUP prtResponsiblePartyGroup | |
7835 | DESCRIPTION | |
7836 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7837 | ||
7838 | GROUP prtExtendedInputGroup | |
7839 | ||
7840 | ||
7841 | ||
7842 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 140] | |
7843 | \f | |
7844 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7845 | ||
7846 | ||
7847 | DESCRIPTION | |
7848 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7849 | ||
7850 | GROUP prtInputMediaGroup | |
7851 | DESCRIPTION | |
7852 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7853 | ||
7854 | GROUP prtExtendedOutputGroup | |
7855 | DESCRIPTION | |
7856 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7857 | ||
7858 | GROUP prtOutputDimensionsGroup | |
7859 | DESCRIPTION | |
7860 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7861 | ||
7862 | GROUP prtOutputFeaturesGroup | |
7863 | DESCRIPTION | |
7864 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7865 | ||
7866 | GROUP prtMarkerSuppliesGroup | |
7867 | DESCRIPTION | |
7868 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7869 | ||
7870 | GROUP prtMarkerColorantGroup | |
7871 | DESCRIPTION | |
7872 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7873 | ||
7874 | GROUP prtAlertTimeGroup | |
7875 | DESCRIPTION | |
7876 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7877 | ||
7878 | -- the prtResponsiblePartyGroup, prtExtendedInputGroup, | |
7879 | -- prtInputMediaGroup, prtExtendedOutputGroup, | |
7880 | -- prtOutputDimensionsGroup, prtOutputFeaturesGroup, | |
7881 | -- prtMarkerSuppliesGroup, prtMarkerColorantGroup, and the | |
7882 | -- prtAlertTimeGroup are completely optional. However, it is | |
7883 | -- strongly RECOMMENDED that the prtAlertTimeGroup be implemented. | |
7884 | ||
7885 | -- New to version 2 of this printer MIB: | |
7886 | OBJECT prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage | |
7887 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7888 | DESCRIPTION | |
7889 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7890 | ||
7891 | OBJECT prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage | |
7892 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7893 | DESCRIPTION | |
7894 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7895 | ||
7896 | ||
7897 | ||
7898 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 141] | |
7899 | \f | |
7900 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7901 | ||
7902 | ||
7903 | OBJECT prtInputMediaLoadTimeout | |
7904 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7905 | DESCRIPTION | |
7906 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7907 | ||
7908 | OBJECT prtInputNextIndex | |
7909 | MIN-ACCESS read-only | |
7910 | DESCRIPTION | |
7911 | "It is conformant to implement this object as read-only" | |
7912 | ||
7913 | GROUP prtAuxiliarySheetGroup | |
7914 | DESCRIPTION | |
7915 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7916 | ||
7917 | GROUP prtInputSwitchingGroup | |
7918 | DESCRIPTION | |
7919 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7920 | ||
7921 | GROUP prtGeneralV2Group | |
7922 | DESCRIPTION | |
7923 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7924 | ||
7925 | GROUP prtAlertTableV2Group | |
7926 | DESCRIPTION | |
7927 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7928 | ||
7929 | GROUP prtChannelV2Group | |
7930 | DESCRIPTION | |
7931 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7932 | ||
7933 | GROUP prtAlertTrapGroup | |
7934 | DESCRIPTION | |
7935 | "This group is unconditionally optional." | |
7936 | ::= { prtMIBConformance 3 } | |
7937 | ||
7938 | prtMIBGroups OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { prtMIBConformance 2 } | |
7939 | -- These groups are from RFC 1759 and are applicable to Printer MIB V2 | |
7940 | ||
7941 | prtGeneralGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
7942 | OBJECTS { prtGeneralConfigChanges, | |
7943 | prtGeneralCurrentLocalization, | |
7944 | prtGeneralReset, prtCoverDescription, | |
7945 | prtCoverStatus, | |
7946 | prtLocalizationLanguage, prtLocalizationCountry, | |
7947 | prtLocalizationCharacterSet, prtStorageRefIndex, | |
7948 | prtDeviceRefIndex } | |
7949 | STATUS current | |
7950 | DESCRIPTION | |
7951 | ||
7952 | ||
7953 | ||
7954 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 142] | |
7955 | \f | |
7956 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
7957 | ||
7958 | ||
7959 | "The general printer group." | |
7960 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 1 } | |
7961 | ||
7962 | prtResponsiblePartyGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
7963 | OBJECTS { prtGeneralCurrentOperator, prtGeneralServicePerson } | |
7964 | STATUS current | |
7965 | DESCRIPTION | |
7966 | "The responsible party group contains contact information for | |
7967 | humans responsible for the printer." | |
7968 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 2 } | |
7969 | ||
7970 | prtInputGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
7971 | OBJECTS { prtInputDefaultIndex, prtInputType, prtInputDimUnit, | |
7972 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared, | |
7973 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared, | |
7974 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen, | |
7975 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen, prtInputCapacityUnit, | |
7976 | prtInputMaxCapacity, prtInputCurrentLevel, prtInputStatus, | |
7977 | prtInputMediaName } | |
7978 | STATUS current | |
7979 | DESCRIPTION | |
7980 | "The input group." | |
7981 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 3 } | |
7982 | ||
7983 | prtExtendedInputGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
7984 | OBJECTS { prtInputName, prtInputVendorName, prtInputModel, | |
7985 | prtInputVersion, prtInputSerialNumber, | |
7986 | prtInputDescription, prtInputSecurity } | |
7987 | STATUS current | |
7988 | DESCRIPTION | |
7989 | "The extended input group." | |
7990 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 4 } | |
7991 | ||
7992 | prtInputMediaGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
7993 | OBJECTS { prtInputMediaWeight, prtInputMediaType, | |
7994 | prtInputMediaColor, prtInputMediaFormParts } | |
7995 | STATUS current | |
7996 | DESCRIPTION | |
7997 | "The input media group." | |
7998 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 5 } | |
7999 | ||
8000 | prtOutputGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8001 | OBJECTS { prtOutputDefaultIndex, prtOutputType, | |
8002 | prtOutputCapacityUnit, prtOutputMaxCapacity, | |
8003 | prtOutputRemainingCapacity, prtOutputStatus } | |
8004 | STATUS current | |
8005 | DESCRIPTION | |
8006 | "The output group." | |
8007 | ||
8008 | ||
8009 | ||
8010 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 143] | |
8011 | \f | |
8012 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8013 | ||
8014 | ||
8015 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 6 } | |
8016 | ||
8017 | prtExtendedOutputGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8018 | OBJECTS { prtOutputName, prtOutputVendorName, prtOutputModel, | |
8019 | prtOutputVersion, prtOutputSerialNumber, | |
8020 | prtOutputDescription, prtOutputSecurity } | |
8021 | STATUS current | |
8022 | DESCRIPTION | |
8023 | "The extended output group." | |
8024 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 7 } | |
8025 | ||
8026 | prtOutputDimensionsGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8027 | OBJECTS { prtOutputDimUnit, prtOutputMaxDimFeedDir, | |
8028 | prtOutputMaxDimXFeedDir, prtOutputMinDimFeedDir, | |
8029 | prtOutputMinDimXFeedDir } | |
8030 | STATUS current | |
8031 | DESCRIPTION | |
8032 | "The output dimensions group" | |
8033 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 8 } | |
8034 | ||
8035 | prtOutputFeaturesGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8036 | OBJECTS { prtOutputStackingOrder, | |
8037 | prtOutputPageDeliveryOrientation, prtOutputBursting, | |
8038 | prtOutputDecollating, prtOutputPageCollated, | |
8039 | prtOutputOffsetStacking } | |
8040 | STATUS current | |
8041 | DESCRIPTION | |
8042 | "The output features group." | |
8043 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 9 } | |
8044 | ||
8045 | prtMarkerGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8046 | OBJECTS { prtMarkerDefaultIndex, prtMarkerMarkTech, | |
8047 | prtMarkerCounterUnit, prtMarkerLifeCount, | |
8048 | prtMarkerPowerOnCount, prtMarkerProcessColorants, | |
8049 | prtMarkerSpotColorants, prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit, | |
8050 | prtMarkerAddressabilityFeedDir, | |
8051 | prtMarkerAddressabilityXFeedDir, prtMarkerNorthMargin, | |
8052 | prtMarkerSouthMargin, prtMarkerWestMargin, | |
8053 | prtMarkerEastMargin, prtMarkerStatus } | |
8054 | STATUS current | |
8055 | DESCRIPTION | |
8056 | "The marker group." | |
8057 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 10 } | |
8058 | ||
8059 | prtMarkerSuppliesGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8060 | OBJECTS { prtMarkerSuppliesMarkerIndex, | |
8061 | prtMarkerSuppliesColorantIndex, prtMarkerSuppliesClass, | |
8062 | prtMarkerSuppliesType, prtMarkerSuppliesDescription, | |
8063 | ||
8064 | ||
8065 | ||
8066 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 144] | |
8067 | \f | |
8068 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8069 | ||
8070 | ||
8071 | prtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit, | |
8072 | prtMarkerSuppliesMaxCapacity, prtMarkerSuppliesLevel } | |
8073 | STATUS current | |
8074 | DESCRIPTION | |
8075 | "The marker supplies group." | |
8076 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 11 } | |
8077 | ||
8078 | prtMarkerColorantGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8079 | OBJECTS { prtMarkerColorantMarkerIndex, prtMarkerColorantRole, | |
8080 | prtMarkerColorantValue, prtMarkerColorantTonality } | |
8081 | STATUS current | |
8082 | DESCRIPTION | |
8083 | "The marker colorant group." | |
8084 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 12 } | |
8085 | ||
8086 | prtMediaPathGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8087 | OBJECTS { prtMediaPathDefaultIndex, prtMediaPathMaxSpeedPrintUnit, | |
8088 | prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit, prtMediaPathMaxSpeed, | |
8089 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaFeedDir, | |
8090 | prtMediaPathMaxMediaXFeedDir, | |
8091 | prtMediaPathMinMediaFeedDir, | |
8092 | prtMediaPathMinMediaXFeedDir, prtMediaPathType, | |
8093 | prtMediaPathDescription, prtMediaPathStatus} | |
8094 | STATUS current | |
8095 | DESCRIPTION | |
8096 | "The media path group." | |
8097 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 13 } | |
8098 | ||
8099 | prtChannelGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8100 | OBJECTS { prtChannelType, prtChannelProtocolVersion, | |
8101 | prtChannelCurrentJobCntlLangIndex, | |
8102 | prtChannelDefaultPageDescLangIndex, prtChannelState, | |
8103 | prtChannelIfIndex, prtChannelStatus | |
8104 | } | |
8105 | STATUS current | |
8106 | DESCRIPTION | |
8107 | "The channel group." | |
8108 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 14 } | |
8109 | ||
8110 | prtInterpreterGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8111 | OBJECTS { prtInterpreterLangFamily, prtInterpreterLangLevel, | |
8112 | prtInterpreterLangVersion, prtInterpreterDescription, | |
8113 | prtInterpreterVersion, prtInterpreterDefaultOrientation, | |
8114 | prtInterpreterFeedAddressability, | |
8115 | prtInterpreterXFeedAddressability, | |
8116 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn, | |
8117 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut, prtInterpreterTwoWay } | |
8118 | STATUS current | |
8119 | ||
8120 | ||
8121 | ||
8122 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 145] | |
8123 | \f | |
8124 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8125 | ||
8126 | ||
8127 | DESCRIPTION | |
8128 | "The interpreter group." | |
8129 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 15 } | |
8130 | ||
8131 | prtConsoleGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8132 | OBJECTS { prtConsoleLocalization, prtConsoleNumberOfDisplayLines, | |
8133 | prtConsoleNumberOfDisplayChars, prtConsoleDisable, | |
8134 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferText, prtConsoleOnTime, | |
8135 | prtConsoleOffTime, prtConsoleColor, | |
8136 | prtConsoleDescription } | |
8137 | STATUS current | |
8138 | DESCRIPTION | |
8139 | "The console group." | |
8140 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 16 } | |
8141 | ||
8142 | prtAlertTableGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8143 | OBJECTS { prtAlertSeverityLevel, prtAlertTrainingLevel, | |
8144 | prtAlertGroup, prtAlertGroupIndex, prtAlertLocation, | |
8145 | prtAlertCode, prtAlertDescription } | |
8146 | STATUS current | |
8147 | DESCRIPTION | |
8148 | "The alert table group." | |
8149 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 17 } | |
8150 | ||
8151 | prtAlertTimeGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8152 | OBJECTS { prtAlertTime } | |
8153 | STATUS current | |
8154 | DESCRIPTION | |
8155 | "The alert time group. Implementation of prtAlertTime is | |
8156 | strongly RECOMMENDED." | |
8157 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 18 } | |
8158 | ||
8159 | prtMIB2Groups OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { prtMIBConformance 4 } | |
8160 | -- These groups are unique to Printer MIB V2 | |
8161 | ||
8162 | prtAuxiliarySheetGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8163 | OBJECTS { prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage, | |
8164 | prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage } | |
8165 | STATUS current | |
8166 | DESCRIPTION | |
8167 | "The auxiliary sheet group." | |
8168 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 19 } | |
8169 | ||
8170 | prtInputSwitchingGroup OBJECT-GROUP | |
8171 | OBJECTS { prtInputMediaLoadTimeout, prtInputNextIndex } | |
8172 | STATUS current | |
8173 | DESCRIPTION | |
8174 | "The input switching group." | |
8175 | ||
8176 | ||
8177 | ||
8178 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 146] | |
8179 | \f | |
8180 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8181 | ||
8182 | ||
8183 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 20 } | |
8184 | ||
8185 | prtGeneralV2Group OBJECT-GROUP | |
8186 | OBJECTS { prtGeneralPrinterName, prtGeneralSerialNumber } | |
8187 | STATUS current | |
8188 | DESCRIPTION | |
8189 | "The general printer group with new v2 objects." | |
8190 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 21 } | |
8191 | ||
8192 | prtAlertTableV2Group OBJECT-GROUP | |
8193 | OBJECTS { prtAlertIndex, prtAlertCriticalEvents, prtAlertAllEvents } | |
8194 | STATUS current | |
8195 | DESCRIPTION | |
8196 | "The alert table group with new v2 objects and prtAlertIndex | |
8197 | changed to MAX-ACCESS of 'read-only' for inclusion in the trap | |
8198 | bindings (as originally defined in RFC 1759)." | |
8199 | ||
8200 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 22 } | |
8201 | ||
8202 | prtChannelV2Group OBJECT-GROUP | |
8203 | OBJECTS { prtChannelInformation } | |
8204 | STATUS current | |
8205 | DESCRIPTION | |
8206 | "The channel group with a new v2 object." | |
8207 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 23 } | |
8208 | ||
8209 | prtAlertTrapGroup NOTIFICATION-GROUP | |
8210 | NOTIFICATIONS { printerV2Alert } | |
8211 | STATUS current | |
8212 | DESCRIPTION | |
8213 | "The alert trap group." | |
8214 | ::= { prtMIBGroups 24 } | |
8215 | ||
8216 | END | |
8217 | ||
8218 | 7. IANA Considerations | |
8219 | ||
8220 | The initial version the IANA Printer MIB defined in section 5 of this | |
8221 | document is to be archived by IANA and subsequently maintained | |
8222 | according to the Process specified in section 2.4.1 of this document. | |
8223 | The most current and authoritative version of the IANA Printer MIB is | |
8224 | available at: | |
8225 | ||
8226 | http://www.iana.org/assignments/ianaprinter-mib | |
8227 | ||
8228 | 8. Internationalization Considerations | |
8229 | ||
8230 | See section 2.2.1.1, 'International Considerations'. | |
8231 | ||
8232 | ||
8233 | ||
8234 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 147] | |
8235 | \f | |
8236 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8237 | ||
8238 | ||
8239 | 9. Security Considerations | |
8240 | ||
8241 | There are a number of management objects defined in this MIB module | |
8242 | with a MAX-ACCESS clause of read-write and/or read-create. Such | |
8243 | objects may be considered sensitive or vulnerable in some network | |
8244 | environments. The support for SET operations in a non-secure | |
8245 | environment without proper protection can have a negative effect on | |
8246 | network operations. These are the tables and objects and their | |
8247 | sensitivity/vulnerability: | |
8248 | ||
8249 | prtGeneralTable: | |
8250 | prtGeneralCurrentLocalization - Possible data loss | |
8251 | prtGeneralReset - Possible data loss | |
8252 | prtGeneralCurrentOperator - Possible severe inconvenience | |
8253 | prtGeneralServicePerson - Possible severe inconvenience | |
8254 | prtInputDefaultIndex - Possible data loss | |
8255 | prtOutputDefaultIndex - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8256 | prtMarkerDefaultIndex - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8257 | prtMediaPathDefaultIndex - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8258 | prtConsoleLocalization - Possible severe inconvenience | |
8259 | prtConsoleDisable - Possible severe inconvenience | |
8260 | prtAuxiliarySheetStartupPage - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8261 | prtAuxiliarySheetBannerPage - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8262 | prtGeneralPrinterName - Possible severe inconvenience | |
8263 | prtGeneralSerialNumber - Possible severe inconvenience | |
8264 | prtInputTable: | |
8265 | prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared - Possible data loss | |
8266 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared - Possible data loss | |
8267 | prtInputMaxCapacity - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8268 | prtInputCurrentLevel - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8269 | prtInputMediaName - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8270 | prtInputName - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8271 | prtInputSecurity - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8272 | prtInputMediaWeight - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8273 | prtInputMediaType - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8274 | prtInputMediaColor - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8275 | prtInputMediaFormParts - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8276 | prtInputMediaLoadTimeout - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8277 | prtInputNextIndex - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8278 | prtOutputTable | |
8279 | prtOutputMaxCapacity - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8280 | prtOutputRemainingCapacity - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8281 | prtOutputName - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8282 | prtOutputSecurity - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8283 | prtOutputMaxDimFeedDir - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8284 | prtOutputMaxDimXFeedDir - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8285 | prtOutputMinDimFeedDir - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8286 | prtOutputMinDimXFeedDir - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8287 | ||
8288 | ||
8289 | ||
8290 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 148] | |
8291 | \f | |
8292 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8293 | ||
8294 | ||
8295 | prtOutputStackingOrder - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8296 | prtOutputPageDeliveryOrientation - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8297 | prtOutputBursting - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8298 | prtOutputDecollating - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8299 | prtOutputPageCollated - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8300 | prtOutputOffsetStacking - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8301 | prtMarkerSuppliesTable | |
8302 | prtMarkerSuppliesMaxCapacity - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8303 | prtMarkerSuppliesLevel - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8304 | prtChannelTable | |
8305 | prtChannelCurrentJobCntlLangIndex - Possible data loss | |
8306 | prtChannelDefaultPageDescLangIndex - Possible data loss | |
8307 | prtChannelState - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8308 | prtChannelIfIndex - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8309 | prtInterpreterTable | |
8310 | prtInterpreterDefaultOrientation - Possible data loss | |
8311 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetIn - Possible data loss | |
8312 | prtInterpreterDefaultCharSetOut - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8313 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferTable | |
8314 | prtConsoleDisplayBufferText - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8315 | prtConsoleLightTable | |
8316 | prtConsoleOnTime - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8317 | prtConsoleOffTime - Possible minor inconvenience | |
8318 | ||
8319 | SNMP versions prior to SNMPv3 did not include adequate security. | |
8320 | Even if the network itself is secure (for example by using IPSec), | |
8321 | even then, there is no control as to who on the secure network is | |
8322 | allowed to access and GET/SET (read/change/create/delete) the objects | |
8323 | in this MIB module. | |
8324 | ||
8325 | It is RECOMMENDED that implementers consider the security features as | |
8326 | provided by the SNMPv3 framework (see [RFC3410], section 8), | |
8327 | including full support for the SNMPv3 cryptographic mechanisms (for | |
8328 | authentication and privacy). | |
8329 | ||
8330 | Further, deployment of SNMP versions prior to SNMPv3 is NOT | |
8331 | RECOMMENDED. Instead, it is RECOMMENDED to deploy SNMPv3 and to | |
8332 | enable cryptographic security. It is then a customer/operator | |
8333 | responsibility to ensure that the SNMP entity giving access to an | |
8334 | instance of this MIB module is properly configured to give access to | |
8335 | the objects only to those principals (users) that have legitimate | |
8336 | rights to indeed GET or SET (change/create/delete) them. | |
8337 | ||
8338 | Where the operational capability of the printing device are | |
8339 | especially vulnerable or difficult to administer, certain objects | |
8340 | within this MIB have been tagged as READ-ONLY, preventing | |
8341 | modification. Further, for all READ-WRITE objects within the MIB, | |
8342 | the working group has included specific conformance guidelines | |
8343 | ||
8344 | ||
8345 | ||
8346 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 149] | |
8347 | \f | |
8348 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8349 | ||
8350 | ||
8351 | stating that vendors are free to implement these objects as READ- | |
8352 | ONLY. This conformance allowance should cover cases where specific | |
8353 | vendor vulnerabilities may differ from product to product. (See | |
8354 | conformance section with regards to MIN-ACCESS clauses). | |
8355 | ||
8356 | 10. References | |
8357 | ||
8358 | 10.1. Normative References | |
8359 | ||
8360 | [ASCII] ANSI, "Coded Character Set - 7-bit American Standard Code | |
8361 | for Information Interchange", ANSI X3.4-1986. | |
8362 | ||
8363 | [CHARSET] IANA Character Set Registry: | |
8364 | http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets | |
8365 | ||
8366 | [CHARMIB] IANA Character Set MIB: | |
8367 | http://www.iana.org/assignments/ianacharset-mib | |
8368 | ||
8369 | [ISO10175] ISO, "Document Printing Application (DPA)", ISO 10175, | |
8370 | 1996. | |
8371 | ||
8372 | [ISO10646] ISO, "Universal Multiple-Octet Coded Character Set (UCS) - | |
8373 | Part 1: Architecture and Basic Multilingual Plane", ISO | |
8374 | 10646-1, September 2000. ISO, "Universal Multiple-Octet | |
8375 | Coded Character Set (UCS) - Part 2: Supplemental Planes", | |
8376 | ISO 10646-2, January 2001. | |
8377 | ||
8378 | [PWGMEDIA] IEEE-ISTO PWG "The Printer Working Group Standard for | |
8379 | Media Standardized Names", IEEE-ISTO PWG 5101.1-2002. | |
8380 | ||
8381 | [RFC1213] McCloghrie, K. and M. Rose, "Management Information Base | |
8382 | for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets: MIB-II", | |
8383 | STD 17, RFC 1213, March 1991. | |
8384 | ||
8385 | [RFC2119] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate | |
8386 | Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997. | |
8387 | ||
8388 | [RFC2277] Alvestrand, H., "IETF Policy on Character Sets and | |
8389 | Languages", BCP 18, RFC 2277, January 1998. | |
8390 | ||
8391 | [RFC3629] Yergeau, F., "UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO | |
8392 | 10646", RFC 3629, November 2003. | |
8393 | ||
8394 | ||
8395 | ||
8396 | ||
8397 | ||
8398 | ||
8399 | ||
8400 | ||
8401 | ||
8402 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 150] | |
8403 | \f | |
8404 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8405 | ||
8406 | ||
8407 | [RFC2434] Narten, T. and H. Alvestrand, "Guidelines for Writing an | |
8408 | IANA Considerations Section in RFCs", BCP 26, RFC 2434, | |
8409 | October 1998. | |
8410 | ||
8411 | [RFC2578] McCloghrie, K., Perkins, D., and J. Schoenwaelder, | |
8412 | "Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2)", | |
8413 | STD 58, RFC 2578, April 1999. | |
8414 | ||
8415 | [RFC2579] McCloghrie, K., Perkins, D., and J. Schoenwaelder, | |
8416 | "Textual Conventions for SMIv2", STD 58, RFC 2579, April | |
8417 | 1999. | |
8418 | ||
8419 | [RFC2580] McCloghrie, K., Perkins, D., and J. Schoenwaelder, | |
8420 | "Conformance Statements for SMIv2", STD 58, RFC 2580, | |
8421 | April 1999. | |
8422 | ||
8423 | [RFC2790] Waldbusser, S. and P. Grillo, "Host Resources MIB", RFC | |
8424 | 2790, March 2000. | |
8425 | ||
8426 | [RFC2863] McCloghrie, K. and F. Kastenholz, "The Interfaces Group | |
8427 | MIB", RFC 2863, June 2000. | |
8428 | ||
8429 | [RFC3806] Bergman, R., Lewis, H., and I. McDonald, "Printer | |
8430 | Finishing MIB", RFC 3806, June 2004. | |
8431 | ||
8432 | 10.2. Informative References | |
8433 | ||
8434 | [APPLEMAC] Apple staff, "Inside MacIntosh: Networking", 1994. | |
8435 | ||
8436 | [RFC854] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "Telnet Protocol | |
8437 | Specification", STD 8, RFC 854, May 1983. | |
8438 | ||
8439 | [RFC959] Postel, J. and J. Reynolds, "File Transfer Protocol", STD | |
8440 | 9, RFC 959, October 1985. | |
8441 | ||
8442 | [RFC1179] McLaughlin, L., "Line printer daemon protocol", RFC 1179, | |
8443 | August 1990. | |
8444 | ||
8445 | [RFC1350] Sollins, K., "The TFTP Protocol (Revision 2)", STD 33, RFC | |
8446 | 1350, July 1992. | |
8447 | ||
8448 | [RFC1945] Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and H. Frystyk, "Hypertext | |
8449 | Transfer Protocol - HTTP/1.0", RFC 1945, May 1996. | |
8450 | ||
8451 | [RFC2246] Dierks, T. and C. Allen, "The TLS Protocol Version 1.0", | |
8452 | RFC 2246, 1999. | |
8453 | ||
8454 | ||
8455 | ||
8456 | ||
8457 | ||
8458 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 151] | |
8459 | \f | |
8460 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8461 | ||
8462 | ||
8463 | [RFC2396] Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and L. Masinter, "Uniform | |
8464 | Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax", RFC 2396, | |
8465 | August 1998. | |
8466 | ||
8467 | [RFC2616] Fielding, R., Gettys, J., Mogul, J., Frystyk, H., | |
8468 | Masinter, L., Leach, P., and T. Berners-Lee, "Hypertext | |
8469 | Transfer Protocol - HTTP/1.1", RFC 2616, June 1999. | |
8470 | ||
8471 | [RFC2821] Klensin, J., Ed., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", RFC | |
8472 | 2821, April 2001. | |
8473 | ||
8474 | [RFC2822] Resnick, P., Ed., "Internet Message Format", RFC 2822, | |
8475 | April 2001. | |
8476 | ||
8477 | [RFC2910] Herriot, R., Ed., Butler, S., Moore, P., Turner, R., and | |
8478 | J. Wenn, "Internet Printing Protocol/1.1: Encoding and | |
8479 | Transport", RFC 2910, September 2000. | |
8480 | ||
8481 | [RFC2911] Hastings, T., Ed., Herriot, R., deBry, R., Isaacson, S., | |
8482 | and P. Powell, "Internet Printing Protocol/1.1: Model and | |
8483 | Semantics", RFC 2911, September 2000. | |
8484 | ||
8485 | [RFC2978] Freed, N. and J. Postel, "IANA Charset Registration | |
8486 | Procedures", BCP 19, RFC 2978, October 2000. | |
8487 | ||
8488 | [RFC3232] Reynolds, J., Ed., "Assigned Numbers: RFC 1700 is | |
8489 | Replaced by an On-line Database", RFC 3232, January 2002. | |
8490 | ||
8491 | [RFC3285] Gahrns, M. and T. Hain, "Using Microsoft Word to create | |
8492 | Internet Drafts and RFCs", RFC 3285, May 2002. | |
8493 | ||
8494 | [RFC3410] Case, J., Mundy, R., Partain, D., and B. Stewart, | |
8495 | "Introduction and Applicability Statements for Internet- | |
8496 | Standard Management Framework", RFC 3410, December 2002. | |
8497 | ||
8498 | ||
8499 | ||
8500 | ||
8501 | ||
8502 | ||
8503 | ||
8504 | ||
8505 | ||
8506 | ||
8507 | ||
8508 | ||
8509 | ||
8510 | ||
8511 | ||
8512 | ||
8513 | ||
8514 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 152] | |
8515 | \f | |
8516 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8517 | ||
8518 | ||
8519 | Appendix A - Glossary of Terms | |
8520 | ||
8521 | Addressability - On the marker, the number of distinct marking units | |
8522 | (pels) per unit of addressability unit that can be set; for example, | |
8523 | 300 dots per inch is expressed as 300 per 1000 Thousandths Of Inches | |
8524 | and 4 dots per millimeter is 4 per 1000 Micrometers. Addressability | |
8525 | is not resolution because marks that are one addressability position | |
8526 | apart may not be independently resolvable by the eye due to factors | |
8527 | such as gain in the area of marks so they overlap or nearly touch. | |
8528 | ||
8529 | Alert - A reportable event for which there is an entry in the alert | |
8530 | table. | |
8531 | ||
8532 | Bin - An output sub-unit which may or may not be removable. | |
8533 | ||
8534 | Binary Change Event - An event which comes in pairs; the leading edge | |
8535 | event and the trailing edge event. The leading edge event enters a | |
8536 | state from which there is only one exit. A binary change event may | |
8537 | be critical or non-critical. See unary change event. | |
8538 | ||
8539 | Bursting - The process by which continuous media is separated into | |
8540 | individual sheets, typically by bursting along pre-formed | |
8541 | perforations. | |
8542 | ||
8543 | Channel - A term used to describe a single source of data which is | |
8544 | presented to a printer. The model that we use in describing a | |
8545 | printer allows for an arbitrary number of channels. Multiple | |
8546 | channels can exist on the same physical port. This is commonly done | |
8547 | over Ethernet ports where EtherTalk, TCP/IP, and SPX/IPX protocols | |
8548 | can be supplying different data streams simultaneously to a single | |
8549 | printer on the same physical port. | |
8550 | ||
8551 | Collation - In multiple copy output, placing the pages from separate | |
8552 | copies into separate ordered sets, ready for binding. | |
8553 | ||
8554 | Control Language - A data syntax or language for controlling the | |
8555 | printer through the print data channel. | |
8556 | ||
8557 | Critical Alert - An alert triggered by an event which leads to a | |
8558 | state in which printing is no longer possible; the printer is | |
8559 | stopped. | |
8560 | ||
8561 | Decollating - The process by which the individual parts within a | |
8562 | multi-part form are separated and sorted into separate stacks for | |
8563 | each part. | |
8564 | ||
8565 | Description - Information about the configuration and capabilities of | |
8566 | the printer and its various sub-units. | |
8567 | ||
8568 | ||
8569 | ||
8570 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 153] | |
8571 | \f | |
8572 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8573 | ||
8574 | ||
8575 | DPA - ISO 10175 Document Printing Application standard. A standard | |
8576 | for a client server protocol for a print system, including (1) | |
8577 | submitting print jobs to and (2) managing print jobs in a spooler. | |
8578 | ||
8579 | Event - A state change in the printer. | |
8580 | ||
8581 | Group - A collection of objects that represent a type of sub-unit of | |
8582 | the printer. | |
8583 | ||
8584 | Host Resources MIB - See [RFC2790]. | |
8585 | ||
8586 | IANA - Internet Assigned Numbers Authority. See [RFC3232]. | |
8587 | ||
8588 | Idempotent - Idempotence is the property of an operation that results | |
8589 | in the same state no matter how many times it is executed (at least | |
8590 | once). This is a property that is shared by true databases in which | |
8591 | operations on data items only change the state of the data item and | |
8592 | do not have other side effects. Because the SNMP data model is that | |
8593 | of operations on a database, SNMP MIB objects should be assumed to be | |
8594 | idempotent. If a MIB object is defined in a non-idempotent way, the | |
8595 | this data model can break in subtle ways when faced with packet loss, | |
8596 | multiple managers, and other common conditions. | |
8597 | ||
8598 | In order to fulfill the common need for actions to result from | |
8599 | SNMP Set operations, SNMP MIB objects can be modeled such that the | |
8600 | change in state from one state to another has the side effect of | |
8601 | causing an action. It is important to note that with this model, | |
8602 | an SNMP operation that sets a value equal to its current value | |
8603 | will cause no action. This retains the idempotence of a single | |
8604 | command, while allowing actions to be initiated by SNMP SET | |
8605 | requests. | |
8606 | ||
8607 | Input - A tray or bin from which instances of the media are obtained | |
8608 | and fed into the Media Path. | |
8609 | ||
8610 | Interpreter - The embodiment of an algorithm that processes a data | |
8611 | stream consisting of a Page Description Language (PDL) and/or a | |
8612 | Control Language. | |
8613 | ||
8614 | Localization - The specification of human language, country, and | |
8615 | character set needed to present information to people in their native | |
8616 | languages. | |
8617 | ||
8618 | Management Application (a.k.a. Manager) - A program which queries and | |
8619 | controls one or more managed nodes. | |
8620 | ||
8621 | Management Station - A physical computer on which one or more | |
8622 | management applications can run. | |
8623 | ||
8624 | ||
8625 | ||
8626 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 154] | |
8627 | \f | |
8628 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8629 | ||
8630 | ||
8631 | Media Path - The mechanisms that transport instances of the media | |
8632 | from an input, through the marker, possibly through media buffers and | |
8633 | duplex pathways, out to the output with optional finishing applied. | |
8634 | The inputs and outputs are not part of the Media Path. | |
8635 | ||
8636 | Non-critical Alert - An alert triggered by a reportable event which | |
8637 | does not lead to a state in which printing is no longer possible; | |
8638 | such an alert may lead to a state from which printing may no longer | |
8639 | be possible in the future, such as the low toner state or the alert | |
8640 | may be pure informational, such as a configuration change at the | |
8641 | printer. | |
8642 | ||
8643 | Output - A bin or stacker which accepts instances of media that have | |
8644 | been processed by a printer. | |
8645 | ||
8646 | Page Description Language (PDL) - A data syntax or language for the | |
8647 | electronic representation of a document as a sequence of page images. | |
8648 | ||
8649 | Printer - A physical device that takes media from an input source, | |
8650 | produces marks on that media according to some page description or | |
8651 | page control language and puts the result in some output destination, | |
8652 | possibly with finishing applied. | |
8653 | ||
8654 | Printing - The entire process of producing a printed document from | |
8655 | generation of the file to be printed, choosing printing properties, | |
8656 | selection of a printer, routing, queuing, resource management, | |
8657 | scheduling, and finally printing including notifying the user. | |
8658 | ||
8659 | Reportable event - An event that is deemed of interest to a | |
8660 | management station watching the printer. | |
8661 | ||
8662 | Status - Information regarding the current operating state of the | |
8663 | printer and its various sub-units. This is an abstraction of the | |
8664 | exact physical condition of the printer. | |
8665 | ||
8666 | Sub-mechanism - A distinguishable part of a sub-unit. | |
8667 | ||
8668 | Sub-unit - A part of the printer which may be a physical part, such | |
8669 | as one of the input sources or a logical part such as an interpreter. | |
8670 | ||
8671 | Tray - An input sub-unit which is typically removable. | |
8672 | ||
8673 | Unary Change Event - An event that indicates a change of state of the | |
8674 | printer, but to a state which is (often) just as valid as the state | |
8675 | that was left, and from which no return is necessary. See binary | |
8676 | change event. | |
8677 | ||
8678 | ||
8679 | ||
8680 | ||
8681 | ||
8682 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 155] | |
8683 | \f | |
8684 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8685 | ||
8686 | ||
8687 | Visible state - The portion of the state of the printer that can be | |
8688 | examined by a management application. | |
8689 | ||
8690 | Warning - A non-critical alert. See non-critical alert. | |
8691 | ||
8692 | Appendix B - Media Size Names | |
8693 | ||
8694 | The PWG Standardized Media Names specification [PWGMEDIA], section 5 | |
8695 | Self Describing Names, contains the currently recommended media size | |
8696 | names. This appendix lists the standardized media size names from | |
8697 | ISO/IEC 10175 Document Printing Application (DPA), [ISO10175] as | |
8698 | presented in RFC 1759. Management applications are encouraged to use | |
8699 | the names from the PWG standard. However, many legacy systems exist | |
8700 | that use the DPA names and they are presented here for the | |
8701 | convenience of developers. | |
8702 | ||
8703 | A printer implementing the Printer MIB has no knowledge of these | |
8704 | names, however; all media sizes in the MIB are given in terms of | |
8705 | media dimensions as the values of prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen and | |
8706 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen. | |
8707 | ||
8708 | String name Description | |
8709 | ||
8710 | other | |
8711 | ||
8712 | unknown | |
8713 | na-letter or letter North American letter size: 8.5 by 11 inches | |
8714 | na-legal or legal North American legal size: 8.5 by 14 inches | |
8715 | na-10x13-envelope North American 10x13 envelope | |
8716 | size: 10 by 13 inches | |
8717 | na-9x12-envelope North American 9x12 envelope | |
8718 | size: 9 by 12 inches | |
8719 | na-number-10-envelope North American number 10 business envelope | |
8720 | size: 4.125 by 9.5 inches | |
8721 | na-7x9-envelope North American 7x9 size: 7 by 9 inches | |
8722 | na-9x11-envelope North American 9x11 size: 9 by 11 inches | |
8723 | na-10x14-envelope North American 10x14 envelope | |
8724 | size: 10 by 14 inches | |
8725 | na-number-9-envelope North American number 9 business envelope | |
8726 | size: 3.875 by 8.875 inches | |
8727 | na-6x9-envelope North American 6x9 envelope | |
8728 | size: 6 by 9 inches | |
8729 | na-10x15-envelope North American 10x15 envelope | |
8730 | size: 10 by 15 inches | |
8731 | a engineering A size 8.5 inches by 11 inches | |
8732 | b engineering B size 11 inches by 17 inches | |
8733 | c engineering C size 17 inches by 22 inches | |
8734 | d engineering D size 22 inches by 34 inches | |
8735 | ||
8736 | ||
8737 | ||
8738 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 156] | |
8739 | \f | |
8740 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8741 | ||
8742 | ||
8743 | e engineering E size 34 inches by 44 inches | |
8744 | iso-a0 ISO A0 size: 841 mm by 1189 mm | |
8745 | iso-a1 ISO A1 size: 594 mm by 841 mm | |
8746 | iso-a2 ISO A2 size: 420 mm by 594 mm | |
8747 | iso-a3 ISO A3 size: 297 mm by 420 mm | |
8748 | iso-a4 ISO A4 size: 210 mm by 297 mm | |
8749 | iso-a5 ISO A5 size: 148 mm by 210 mm | |
8750 | iso-a6 ISO A6 size: 105 mm by 148 mm | |
8751 | iso-a7 ISO A7 size: 74 mm by 105 mm | |
8752 | iso-a8 ISO A8 size: 52 mm by 74 mm | |
8753 | iso-a9 ISO A9 size: 37 mm by 52 mm | |
8754 | iso-a10 ISO A10 size: 26 mm by 37 mm | |
8755 | iso-b0 ISO B0 size: 1000 mm by 1414 mm | |
8756 | iso-b1 ISO B1 size: 707 mm by 1000 mm | |
8757 | iso-b2 ISO B2 size: 500 mm by 707 mm | |
8758 | iso-b3 ISO B3 size: 353 mm by 500 mm | |
8759 | iso-b4 ISO B4 size: 250 mm by 353 mm | |
8760 | iso-b5 ISO B5 size: 176 mm by 250 mm | |
8761 | iso-b6 ISO B6 size: 125 mm by 176 mm | |
8762 | iso-b7 ISO B7 size: 88 mm by 125 mm | |
8763 | iso-b8 ISO B8 size: 62 mm by 88 mm | |
8764 | iso-b9 ISO B9 size: 44 mm by 62 mm | |
8765 | iso-b10 ISO B10 size: 31 mm by 44 mm | |
8766 | iso-c0 ISO C0 size: 917 mm by 1297 mm | |
8767 | iso-c1 ISO C1 size: 648 mm by 917 mm | |
8768 | iso-c2 ISO C2 size: 458 mm by 648 mm | |
8769 | iso-c3 ISO C3 size: 324 mm by 458 mm | |
8770 | iso-c4 ISO C4 size: 229 mm by 324 mm | |
8771 | iso-c5 ISO C5 size: 162 mm by 229 mm | |
8772 | iso-c6 ISO C6 size: 114 mm by 162 mm | |
8773 | iso-c7 ISO C7 size: 81 mm by 114 mm | |
8774 | iso-c8 ISO C8 size: 57 mm by 81 mm | |
8775 | iso-designated ISO Designated Long | |
8776 | size: 110 mm by 220 mm | |
8777 | jis-b0 JIS B0 size 1030 mm by 1456 mm | |
8778 | jis-b1 JIS B1 size 728 mm by 1030 mm | |
8779 | jis-b2 JIS B2 size 515 mm by 728 mm | |
8780 | jis-b3 JIS B3 size 364 mm by 515 mm | |
8781 | jis-b4 JIS B4 size 257 mm by 364 mm | |
8782 | jis-b5 JIS B5 size 182 mm by 257 mm | |
8783 | jis-b6 JIS B6 size 128 mm by 182 mm | |
8784 | jis-b7 JIS B7 size 91 mm by 128 mm | |
8785 | jis-b8 JIS B8 size 64 mm by 91 mm | |
8786 | jis-b9 JIS B9 size 45 mm by 64 mm | |
8787 | jis-b10 JIS B10 size 32 mm by 45 mm | |
8788 | ||
8789 | ||
8790 | ||
8791 | ||
8792 | ||
8793 | ||
8794 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 157] | |
8795 | \f | |
8796 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8797 | ||
8798 | ||
8799 | Appendix C - Media Names | |
8800 | ||
8801 | For the convenience of management application developers, this | |
8802 | appendix lists the standardized media names from ISO/IEC 10175 | |
8803 | Document Printing Application (DPA), [ISO10175]. Management | |
8804 | applications that present a dialogue for choosing media may wish to | |
8805 | use these names as an alternative to separately specifying, size, | |
8806 | color, and/or type. New names may also be created using this format | |
8807 | and the names defined in the PWG Standardized Media Names | |
8808 | specification [PWGMEDIA]. | |
8809 | ||
8810 | Using standard media names will mean that a single management | |
8811 | application dealing with printers from different vendors and under | |
8812 | different system mangers will tend to use the same names for the same | |
8813 | media. If selection of media by name is used, the attributes (size, | |
8814 | type or color) implied by the name must be explicitly mapped to the | |
8815 | appropriate object (prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared, | |
8816 | prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared, prtInputMediaType and | |
8817 | prtInputMediaColor) in the MIB. The object prtInputMediaName is | |
8818 | intended for display to an operator and is purely descriptive. The | |
8819 | value in prtInputMediaName is not interpreted by the printer so using | |
8820 | a standard name for this value will not change any of the other media | |
8821 | attributes nor will it cause an alert if the media in the input sub- | |
8822 | unit does not match the name. | |
8823 | ||
8824 | Simple Name Descriptor Text | |
8825 | ||
8826 | other | |
8827 | unknown | |
8828 | iso-a4-white Specifies the ISO A4 white medium with | |
8829 | size: 210 mm by 297 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8830 | iso-a4-coloured Specifies the ISO A4 colored medium with | |
8831 | size: 210 mm by 297 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8832 | iso-a4-transparent Specifies the ISO A4 transparent medium with | |
8833 | size: 210 mm by 297 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8834 | iso-a3-white Specifies the ISO A3 white medium with | |
8835 | size: 297 mm by 420 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8836 | iso-a3-coloured Specifies the ISO A3 colored medium with | |
8837 | size: 297 mm by 420 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8838 | iso-a5-white Specifies the ISO A5 white medium with | |
8839 | size: 148 mm by 210 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8840 | iso-a5-coloured Specifies the ISO A5 colored medium with | |
8841 | size: 148 mm by 210 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8842 | iso-b4-white Specifies the ISO B4 white medium with | |
8843 | size: 250 mm by 353 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8844 | iso-b4-coloured Specifies the ISO B4 colored medium with | |
8845 | size: 250 mm by 353 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8846 | ||
8847 | ||
8848 | ||
8849 | ||
8850 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 158] | |
8851 | \f | |
8852 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8853 | ||
8854 | ||
8855 | iso-b5-white Specifies the ISO B5 white medium with | |
8856 | size: 176 mm by 250 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8857 | iso-b5-coloured Specifies the ISO B5 colored medium with | |
8858 | size: 176 mm by 250 mm as defined in ISO 216 | |
8859 | jis-b4-white Specifies the JIS B4 white medium with | |
8860 | size: 257 mm by 364 mm as defined in JIS P0138 | |
8861 | jis-b4-coloured Specifies the JIS B4 colored medium with | |
8862 | size: 257 mm by 364 mm as defined in JIS P0138 | |
8863 | jis-b5-white Specifies the JIS B5 white medium with | |
8864 | size: 182 mm by 257 mm as defined in JIS P0138 | |
8865 | jis-b5-coloured Specifies the JIS B5 colored medium with | |
8866 | size: 182 mm by 257 mm as defined in JIS P0138 | |
8867 | ||
8868 | The following standard values are defined for North American media: | |
8869 | ||
8870 | na-letter-white Specifies the North American letter white | |
8871 | medium with size: 8.5 inches by 11 inches | |
8872 | na-letter-coloured Specifies the North American letter colored | |
8873 | medium with size: 8.5 inches by 11 inches | |
8874 | na-letter-transparent | |
8875 | Specifies the North American letter | |
8876 | transparent medium with size: 8.5 inches | |
8877 | by 11 inches | |
8878 | na-legal-white Specifies the North American legal white | |
8879 | medium with size: 8.5 inches by 14 inches | |
8880 | na-legal-coloured Specifies the North American legal colored | |
8881 | medium with size: 8.5 inches by 14 inches | |
8882 | ||
8883 | The following standard values are defined for envelopes: | |
8884 | ||
8885 | iso-b5-envelope Specifies the ISO B5 envelope medium | |
8886 | with size: 176 mm by 250 mm | |
8887 | as defined in ISO 216 and ISO 269 | |
8888 | iso-b4-envelope Specifies the ISO B4 envelope medium | |
8889 | with size: 250 mm by 353 mm | |
8890 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8891 | iso-c4-envelope Specifies the ISO C4 envelope medium | |
8892 | with size: 229 mm by 324 mm | |
8893 | as defined in ISO 216 and ISO 269 | |
8894 | iso-c5-envelope Specifies the ISO C5 envelope medium | |
8895 | with size: 162 mm by 229 mm | |
8896 | as defined in ISO 269 | |
8897 | iso-designated-long-envelope | |
8898 | Specifies the ISO Designated Long envelope | |
8899 | medium with size: 110 mm by 220 mm | |
8900 | as defined in ISO 269 | |
8901 | ||
8902 | ||
8903 | ||
8904 | ||
8905 | ||
8906 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 159] | |
8907 | \f | |
8908 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8909 | ||
8910 | ||
8911 | na-10x13-envelope Specifies the North American 10x13 envelope | |
8912 | medium with size: 10 inches by 13 inches | |
8913 | na-9x12-envelope Specifies the North American 9x12 envelope | |
8914 | medium with size: 9 inches by 12 inches | |
8915 | na-number-10-envelope | |
8916 | Specifies the North American number 10 | |
8917 | business envelope medium with size: 4.125 | |
8918 | inches by 9.5 inches | |
8919 | na-7x9-envelope Specifies the North American 7x9 inch envelope | |
8920 | ||
8921 | na-9x11-envelope Specifies the North American 9x11 inch envelope | |
8922 | ||
8923 | na-10x14-envelope Specifies the North American 10x14 inch envelope | |
8924 | ||
8925 | na-number-9-envelope | |
8926 | Specifies the North American number 9 | |
8927 | business envelope 3.875 by 8.875 inches | |
8928 | na-6x9-envelope Specifies the North American 6x9 inch envelope | |
8929 | ||
8930 | na-10x15-envelope Specifies the North American 10x15 inch envelope | |
8931 | ||
8932 | The following standard values are defined for the less commonly | |
8933 | used media (white-only): | |
8934 | ||
8935 | iso-a0-white Specifies the ISO A0 white medium | |
8936 | with size: 841 mm by 1189 mm | |
8937 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8938 | iso-a1-white Specifies the ISO A1 white medium | |
8939 | with size: 594 mm by 841 mm | |
8940 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8941 | iso-a2-white Specifies the ISO A2 white medium | |
8942 | with size: 420 mm by 594 mm | |
8943 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8944 | iso-a6-white Specifies the ISO A6 white medium | |
8945 | with size: 105 mm by 148 mm | |
8946 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8947 | iso-a7-white Specifies the ISO A7 white medium | |
8948 | with size: 74 mm by 105 mm | |
8949 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8950 | iso-a8-white Specifies the ISO A8 white medium | |
8951 | with size: 52 mm by 74 mm | |
8952 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8953 | iso-a9-white Specifies the ISO A9 white medium | |
8954 | with size: 39 mm by 52 mm | |
8955 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8956 | iso-a10-white Specifies the ISO A10 white medium | |
8957 | with size: 26 mm by 37 mm | |
8958 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8959 | ||
8960 | ||
8961 | ||
8962 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 160] | |
8963 | \f | |
8964 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
8965 | ||
8966 | ||
8967 | iso-b0-white Specifies the ISO B0 white medium | |
8968 | with size: 1000 mm by 1414 mm | |
8969 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8970 | iso-b1-white Specifies the ISO B1 white medium | |
8971 | with size: 707 mm by 1000 mm | |
8972 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8973 | iso-b2-white Specifies the ISO B2 white medium | |
8974 | with size: 500 mm by 707 mm | |
8975 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8976 | iso-b3-white Specifies the ISO B3 white medium | |
8977 | with size: 353 mm by 500 mm | |
8978 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8979 | iso-b6-white Specifies the ISO B6 white medium | |
8980 | with size: 125 mm by 176 mm i | |
8981 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8982 | iso-b7-white Specifies the ISO B7 white medium | |
8983 | with size: 88 mm by 125 mm | |
8984 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8985 | iso-b8-white Specifies the ISO B8 white medium | |
8986 | with size: 62 mm by 88 mm | |
8987 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8988 | iso-b9-white Specifies the ISO B9 white medium | |
8989 | with size: 44 mm by 62 mm | |
8990 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8991 | iso-b10-white Specifies the ISO B10 white medium | |
8992 | with size: 31 mm by 44 mm | |
8993 | as defined in ISO 216 | |
8994 | jis-b0-white Specifies the JIS B0 white medium with size: | |
8995 | 1030 mm by 1456 mm | |
8996 | jis-b1-white Specifies the JIS B1 white medium with size: | |
8997 | 728 mm by 1030 mm | |
8998 | jis-b2-white Specifies the JIS B2 white medium with size: | |
8999 | 515 mm by 728 mm | |
9000 | jis-b3-white Specifies the JIS B3 white medium with size: | |
9001 | 364 mm by 515 mm | |
9002 | jis-b6-white Specifies the JIS B6 white medium with size: | |
9003 | 257 mm by 364 mm | |
9004 | jis-b7-white Specifies the JIS B7 white medium with size: | |
9005 | 182 mm by 257 mm | |
9006 | jis-b8-white Specifies the JIS B8 white medium with size: | |
9007 | 128 mm by 182 mm | |
9008 | jis-b9-white Specifies the JIS B9 white medium with size: | |
9009 | 91 mm by 128 mm | |
9010 | jis-b10-white Specifies the JIS B10 white medium with size: | |
9011 | 64 mm by 91 mm | |
9012 | ||
9013 | ||
9014 | ||
9015 | ||
9016 | ||
9017 | ||
9018 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 161] | |
9019 | \f | |
9020 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9021 | ||
9022 | ||
9023 | The following standard values are defined for engineering media: | |
9024 | a Specifies the engineering A size medium with | |
9025 | size: 8.5 inches by 11 inches | |
9026 | b Specifies the engineering B size medium with | |
9027 | size: 11 inches by 17 inches | |
9028 | c Specifies the engineering C size medium with | |
9029 | size: 17 inches by 22 inches | |
9030 | d Specifies the engineering D size medium with | |
9031 | size: 22 inches by 34 inches | |
9032 | e Specifies the engineering E size medium with | |
9033 | size: 34 inches by 44 inches | |
9034 | ||
9035 | Appendix D - Roles of Users | |
9036 | ||
9037 | Background | |
9038 | ||
9039 | The need for "Role Models" stemmed in large part from the need to | |
9040 | understand the importance of any given proposed object for the MIB. | |
9041 | Many times the real world need for a proposed object would be debated | |
9042 | within the group; the debate would typically result in the need to | |
9043 | describe the potential usage of the object in terms of a "live" | |
9044 | person performing some type of printing-related task. | |
9045 | ||
9046 | Determining the value of a proposed object through identification of | |
9047 | the associated human users was found to be so common that a more | |
9048 | formalized model was required for consistent analysis. The model | |
9049 | describing categories of human-oriented tasks is called "Role Models" | |
9050 | in this document. | |
9051 | ||
9052 | In developing the Role Models it was necessary to identify the | |
9053 | common, primary tasks that humans typically face when interacting | |
9054 | with a printer and its related printing system(s). It was expected | |
9055 | that certain kinds of tasks would serve to identify the various Role | |
9056 | Models. | |
9057 | ||
9058 | In presenting the set of Role Models, the set of "Common Print System | |
9059 | Tasks" are first presented, followed by the set of Role Model | |
9060 | definitions. Finally, a simple matrix is presented in which Role | |
9061 | Models and Tasks are cross-compared. | |
9062 | ||
9063 | Common Print System Tasks | |
9064 | ||
9065 | Upon researching the many tasks encountered by humans in dealing with | |
9066 | printers and printing systems, the following were found to be | |
9067 | pervasive within any operating environment: | |
9068 | ||
9069 | Printer job state - Determine the status of a job without a printer. | |
9070 | ||
9071 | ||
9072 | ||
9073 | ||
9074 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 162] | |
9075 | \f | |
9076 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9077 | ||
9078 | ||
9079 | Printer capabilities - Determine the current capabilities of a | |
9080 | printer, for example, the available media sizes, two-sided printing, | |
9081 | a particular type of interpreter, etc. | |
9082 | ||
9083 | Printer job submission - Submit a print job to a printer. | |
9084 | ||
9085 | Printer job removal - Remove a job from a printer. | |
9086 | ||
9087 | Notification of events - Receive notification of the existence of a | |
9088 | defined printer event. An event can be of many types, including | |
9089 | warnings, errors, job stage completion (e.g., "job done"), etc. | |
9090 | ||
9091 | Printer configuration - Query the current configuration of a printer. | |
9092 | ||
9093 | Printer consumables - Determine the current state of any and all | |
9094 | consumables within a printer. | |
9095 | ||
9096 | Print job identification - Determine the identification of a job | |
9097 | within a printer. | |
9098 | ||
9099 | Internal printer status - Determine the current status of the | |
9100 | printer. | |
9101 | ||
9102 | Printer identification - Determine the identity of a printer. | |
9103 | Printer location - Determine the physical location of a printer. | |
9104 | ||
9105 | Local system configuration - Determine various aspects of the current | |
9106 | configuration of the local system involved with the operation of a | |
9107 | printer. | |
9108 | ||
9109 | These "tasks" cover a large spectrum of requirements surrounding the | |
9110 | operation of a printer in a network environment. This list serves as | |
9111 | the basis for defining the various Role Models described below. | |
9112 | ||
9113 | Proposed Role Models | |
9114 | ||
9115 | Following is the list of "Role Models" used to evaluate the | |
9116 | requirements for any given Printer MIB object. Note that the keyword | |
9117 | enclosed in parentheses represents an abbreviation for the particular | |
9118 | Role Model in the matrix described later in this document. | |
9119 | ||
9120 | User (USER) - A person or application that submits print jobs to the | |
9121 | printer; typically viewed as the "end user" within the overall | |
9122 | printing environment. | |
9123 | ||
9124 | ||
9125 | ||
9126 | ||
9127 | ||
9128 | ||
9129 | ||
9130 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 163] | |
9131 | \f | |
9132 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9133 | ||
9134 | ||
9135 | Operator (OP) - A person responsible for maintaining a printer on a | |
9136 | day-to-day basis, including such tasks as filling empty media trays, | |
9137 | emptying full output trays, replacing toner cartridges, clearing | |
9138 | simple paper jams, etc. | |
9139 | ||
9140 | Technician (TECH) - A person responsible for repairing a | |
9141 | malfunctioning printer, performing routine preventive maintenance, | |
9142 | and other tasks that typically require advanced training on the | |
9143 | printer internals. An example of a "technician" would be a | |
9144 | manufacturer's Field Service representative, or other person formally | |
9145 | trained by the manufacturer or similar representative. | |
9146 | ||
9147 | System Manager (MGR) - A person responsible for configuration and | |
9148 | troubleshooting of components involved in the overall printing | |
9149 | environment, including printers, print queues and network | |
9150 | connectivity issues. This person is typically responsible for | |
9151 | ensuring the overall operational integrity of the print system | |
9152 | components, and is typically viewed as the central point of | |
9153 | coordination among all other Role Models. | |
9154 | ||
9155 | Help Desk (HELP) - A person responsible for supporting Users in | |
9156 | their printing needs, including training Users and troubleshooting | |
9157 | Users' printing problems. | |
9158 | ||
9159 | Asset Manager (AM) - A person responsible for managing an | |
9160 | organization's printing system assets (primarily printers). Such a | |
9161 | person needs to be able to identify and track the location of | |
9162 | printing assets on an ongoing basis. | |
9163 | ||
9164 | Capacity Planner (CP) - A person responsible for tracking the usage | |
9165 | of printing resources on an ongoing basis for the purpose of planning | |
9166 | printer acquisitions and/or placement of printers based on usage | |
9167 | trends. | |
9168 | ||
9169 | Installer (INST) - A person or application responsible for | |
9170 | installing or configuring printing system components on a local | |
9171 | system. | |
9172 | ||
9173 | Accountant (ACCT) - A person responsible for tracking the usage of | |
9174 | printing resources on an ongoing basis for the purpose of charging | |
9175 | Users for resources used. | |
9176 | ||
9177 | Matrix of Common Print System Tasks and Role Models | |
9178 | ||
9179 | To better understand the relationship between the set of defined | |
9180 | "Common Print System Tasks" and the various "Role Models," the | |
9181 | following matrix is provided. | |
9182 | ||
9183 | ||
9184 | ||
9185 | ||
9186 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 164] | |
9187 | \f | |
9188 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9189 | ||
9190 | ||
9191 | It is important to recognize that many of the tasks will appear to be | |
9192 | applicable to many of the Role Models. However, when considering the | |
9193 | actual context of a task, it is very important to realize that often | |
9194 | the actual context of a task is such that the Role Model can change. | |
9195 | ||
9196 | For example, it is obvious that a "System Manager" must be able to | |
9197 | submit print jobs to a printer; however, when submitting a print job, | |
9198 | a person identified as a "System Manager" is actually operating in | |
9199 | the context of a "User" in this case; hence, the requirement to | |
9200 | submit a print job is not listed as a requirement for a System | |
9201 | Manager. | |
9202 | ||
9203 | Conversely, while a "User" must be able to remove a job previously | |
9204 | submitted to a printer, an "Operator" is often expected to be able to | |
9205 | remove any print job from any printer; hence, print job removal is a | |
9206 | (subtly different) requirement for both the "User" and "Operator" | |
9207 | Role Models. | |
9208 | ||
9209 | Role Models | |
9210 | ----------- | |
9211 | ||
9212 | Requirement Area USER OP TECH MGR HELP AM CP INST ACCT | |
9213 | Print job status xx xx xx xx xx | |
9214 | Printer capabilities xx xx xx | |
9215 | Print job submission xx | |
9216 | Print job removal xx xx | |
9217 | Notification of events xx xx | |
9218 | Printer configuration xx xx | |
9219 | Printer consumables xx xx xx | |
9220 | Print job identification xx xx xx xx xx | |
9221 | Internal printer status xx xx xx | |
9222 | Printer identification xx xx xx xx xx xx xx | |
9223 | Printer location xx | |
9224 | Local system configuration xx xx | |
9225 | ||
9226 | Appendix E - Overall Printer Status Table | |
9227 | ||
9228 | The Status Table establishes a convention for the top 25 printer | |
9229 | errors. The table defines a suggested relationship between various | |
9230 | printer states and the variables Printer hrDeviceStatus, | |
9231 | hrPrinterStatus, hrPrinterDetectedErrorState, prtAlertGroup, | |
9232 | prtAlertCode and various sub-unit status variables (prtInputStatus, | |
9233 | prtOutputStatus, prtMarkerStatus, prtMediaPathStatus and | |
9234 | prtChannelStatus). This table is the recommended implementation of | |
9235 | these variables. It is provided to guide implementors of this MIB | |
9236 | and users of the MIB by providing a sample set of states and the | |
9237 | variable values that are expected to be produced as result of that | |
9238 | state. This information supplements that provided in Section | |
9239 | ||
9240 | ||
9241 | ||
9242 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 165] | |
9243 | \f | |
9244 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9245 | ||
9246 | ||
9247 | 2.2.13.2 "Overall Printer Status". This is not an exhaustive list | |
9248 | rather it is a guideline. | |
9249 | ||
9250 | The definition of PrtSubUnitStatusTC specifies that SubUnitStatus is | |
9251 | an integer that is the sum of 5 distinct values/states: Availability, | |
9252 | Critical, Non-Critical, On-line and Transitioning. Thus when a non- | |
9253 | critical alert or alerts are present the values for Availability, | |
9254 | On-Line and Transitioning will be summed with the Non- Critical | |
9255 | Alerts (8) value. | |
9256 | ||
9257 | The table was generated in landscape format and is located at | |
9258 | ftp://ftp.pwg.org/pub/pwg/pmp/contributions/Top25Errors.pdf. | |
9259 | ||
9260 | Appendix F - Participants | |
9261 | ||
9262 | The Printer MIB Working Group would like to extend a special thank | |
9263 | you to the following individuals that put forth a significant effort | |
9264 | to review this document and provide numerous suggestions for | |
9265 | improvement. | |
9266 | ||
9267 | David Harrington - Enterasys Networks | |
9268 | Juergen Schoenwaelder - TU Braunschweig | |
9269 | Bert Wijnen - Lucent Technologies and IETF Op & Mngmt, Area Director | |
9270 | ||
9271 | This version of the Printer MIB would not be possible without the | |
9272 | previous work that resulted in RFC 1759. The authors of the Printer | |
9273 | MIB version 2 would like to acknowledge the following individuals for | |
9274 | their efforts in developing the base for this document. A special | |
9275 | recognition is also extended to Steve Waldbusser, who provided | |
9276 | significant technical guidance in the development of the architecture | |
9277 | of the Printer MIB. | |
9278 | ||
9279 | Joel Gyllenskog - Microworks | |
9280 | Tom Hastings - Xerox | |
9281 | Jay Martin - Underscore, Inc. | |
9282 | Ron Smith - Texas Instruments | |
9283 | Steve Waldbusser - Lucent Technologies | |
9284 | Don Wright - Lexmark | |
9285 | Steve Zilles - Adobe | |
9286 | ||
9287 | The following people attended at least one meeting of the Printer MIB | |
9288 | Working Group for version 2; many attended most meetings. | |
9289 | ||
9290 | Ron Bergman - Hitachi Printing Solutions | |
9291 | Luis Cubero - Hewlett-Packard | |
9292 | Jay Cummings - Novell | |
9293 | Andy Davidson - Tektronix | |
9294 | Lee Farrell - Canon | |
9295 | ||
9296 | ||
9297 | ||
9298 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 166] | |
9299 | \f | |
9300 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9301 | ||
9302 | ||
9303 | Tom Hastings - Xerox | |
9304 | Scott Isaacson - Novell | |
9305 | Binnur Al-Kazily - Hewlett-Packard | |
9306 | Rick Landau - Digital Equipment Corporation | |
9307 | David Kellerman - Northlake Software | |
9308 | Harry Lewis - IBM | |
9309 | Pete Loya - Hewlett-Packard | |
9310 | Jay Martin - Underscore, Inc. | |
9311 | Bob Pentecost - Hewlett-Packard | |
9312 | Dave Roach - Unisys | |
9313 | Stuart Rowley - Kyocera | |
9314 | Bob Setterbo - Adobe | |
9315 | Mike Timperman - Lexmark | |
9316 | Randy Turner - 2Wire, Inc. | |
9317 | Bill Wagner - NETsilicon, Inc. | |
9318 | Chris Wellens - Interworking Labs | |
9319 | Craig Whittle - Sharp Labs | |
9320 | Don Wright - Lexmark | |
9321 | Lloyd Young - Lexmark | |
9322 | Atsushi Yuki - Kyocera | |
9323 | Steve Zilles - Adobe | |
9324 | ||
9325 | ||
9326 | ||
9327 | ||
9328 | ||
9329 | ||
9330 | ||
9331 | ||
9332 | ||
9333 | ||
9334 | ||
9335 | ||
9336 | ||
9337 | ||
9338 | ||
9339 | ||
9340 | ||
9341 | ||
9342 | ||
9343 | ||
9344 | ||
9345 | ||
9346 | ||
9347 | ||
9348 | ||
9349 | ||
9350 | ||
9351 | ||
9352 | ||
9353 | ||
9354 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 167] | |
9355 | \f | |
9356 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9357 | ||
9358 | ||
9359 | Significant Contributors | |
9360 | ||
9361 | Ray Casterline | |
9362 | Lighthouse Solutions, LLC | |
9363 | ||
9364 | Phone: (716) 218-9910 | |
9365 | EMail: RayCasterline@lhsolutions.com | |
9366 | ||
9367 | Gary Gocek | |
9368 | ||
9369 | Phone: (585) 223-3826 | |
9370 | EMail: gary@gocek.org | |
9371 | ||
9372 | Thomas N. Hastings | |
9373 | Xerox Corporation | |
9374 | ||
9375 | Phone: (310) 333-6413 | |
9376 | EMail: hastings@cp10.es.xerox.com | |
9377 | ||
9378 | Scott Isaacson | |
9379 | Novell | |
9380 | ||
9381 | Phone: (801) 861-7366 | |
9382 | EMail: sisaacson@novell.com | |
9383 | ||
9384 | Binnur Al-Kazily | |
9385 | Hewlett-Packard, Inc. | |
9386 | ||
9387 | Phone: (208) 396-6372 | |
9388 | EMail: binnur_al-kazily@hp.com | |
9389 | ||
9390 | David Kellerman | |
9391 | Northlake Software | |
9392 | ||
9393 | Phone: (503) 228-3383 | |
9394 | EMail: kellerman@nls.com | |
9395 | ||
9396 | Matt King | |
9397 | Lexmark International | |
9398 | ||
9399 | Phone: (859) 232-6907 | |
9400 | EMail: emking@lexmark.com | |
9401 | ||
9402 | Jay Martin | |
9403 | Underscore, Inc. | |
9404 | ||
9405 | Phone: (603) 889-7000 | |
9406 | EMail: jkm@underscore.com | |
9407 | ||
9408 | ||
9409 | ||
9410 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 168] | |
9411 | \f | |
9412 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9413 | ||
9414 | ||
9415 | ||
9416 | Mike McKay | |
9417 | Novell, Inc. | |
9418 | ||
9419 | Bob Pentecost | |
9420 | Hewlett-Packard | |
9421 | ||
9422 | Phone: (208) 396-3312 | |
9423 | EMail: bpenteco@boi.hp.com | |
9424 | ||
9425 | Stuart Rowley | |
9426 | Kyocera | |
9427 | ||
9428 | Phone: (510) 299-7206 | |
9429 | EMail: stuart.rowley@kyocera.com | |
9430 | ||
9431 | Gail Songer | |
9432 | Peerless Systems Networking | |
9433 | ||
9434 | Phone: (650) 569-4414 | |
9435 | EMail: gsonger@peerless.com | |
9436 | ||
9437 | Randy Turner | |
9438 | 2Wire, Inc. | |
9439 | ||
9440 | Phone (408) 895-1216 | |
9441 | EMail: rturner@2wire.com | |
9442 | ||
9443 | William Wagner | |
9444 | NETsilicon, Inc. | |
9445 | ||
9446 | Phone: (781) 398-4588 | |
9447 | EMail: WWagner@NetSilicon.com | |
9448 | ||
9449 | Chris Wellens | |
9450 | Interworking Labs | |
9451 | ||
9452 | Phone: (408) 685-3190 | |
9453 | EMail: chrisw@iwl.com | |
9454 | ||
9455 | F.D. Wright | |
9456 | Lexmark International | |
9457 | ||
9458 | Phone: (859) 232-4808 | |
9459 | EMail: don@lexmark.com | |
9460 | ||
9461 | ||
9462 | ||
9463 | ||
9464 | ||
9465 | ||
9466 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 169] | |
9467 | \f | |
9468 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9469 | ||
9470 | ||
9471 | Lloyd Young | |
9472 | Lexmark International | |
9473 | ||
9474 | Phone: (859) 232-5150 | |
9475 | EMail: lpyoung@lexmark.com | |
9476 | ||
9477 | Stephen N. Zilles | |
9478 | Adobe Systems, Inc. | |
9479 | ||
9480 | Phone: (415) 962-4766 | |
9481 | EMail: szilles@adobe.com | |
9482 | ||
9483 | Authors' Addresses | |
9484 | ||
9485 | Ron Bergman (Chairman) | |
9486 | Hitachi Printing Solutions America | |
9487 | 2635 Park Center Drive | |
9488 | Simi Valley, CA 93065-6209 | |
9489 | ||
9490 | Phone: (805) 578-4421 | |
9491 | EMail: Ron.Bergman@hitachi-ps.us | |
9492 | ||
9493 | ||
9494 | Harry Lewis | |
9495 | IBM | |
9496 | 6300 Diagonal Hwy. | |
9497 | Boulder, CO 80301 | |
9498 | ||
9499 | Phone (303) 924-5337 | |
9500 | EMail: harryl@us.ibm.com | |
9501 | ||
9502 | ||
9503 | Ira McDonald | |
9504 | High North Inc | |
9505 | P.O. Box 221 | |
9506 | Grand Marais, MI 49839 | |
9507 | ||
9508 | Phone: (906) 494-2434 or (906) 494-2697 | |
9509 | EMail: imcdonald@sharplabs.com | |
9510 | ||
9511 | ||
9512 | ||
9513 | ||
9514 | ||
9515 | ||
9516 | ||
9517 | ||
9518 | ||
9519 | ||
9520 | ||
9521 | ||
9522 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 170] | |
9523 | \f | |
9524 | RFC 3805 Printer MIB v2 June 2004 | |
9525 | ||
9526 | ||
9527 | Full Copyright Statement | |
9528 | ||
9529 | Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2004). This document is subject | |
9530 | to the rights, licenses and restrictions contained in BCP 78, and | |
9531 | except as set forth therein, the authors retain all their rights. | |
9532 | ||
9533 | This document and the information contained herein are provided on an | |
9534 | "AS IS" basis and THE CONTRIBUTOR, THE ORGANIZATION HE/SHE REPRESENTS | |
9535 | OR IS SPONSORED BY (IF ANY), THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET | |
9536 | ENGINEERING TASK FORCE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, | |
9537 | INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE | |
9538 | INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED | |
9539 | WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | |
9540 | ||
9541 | Intellectual Property | |
9542 | ||
9543 | The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any | |
9544 | Intellectual Property Rights or other rights that might be claimed to | |
9545 | pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in | |
9546 | this document or the extent to which any license under such rights | |
9547 | might or might not be available; nor does it represent that it has | |
9548 | made any independent effort to identify any such rights. Information | |
9549 | on the procedures with respect to rights in RFC documents can be | |
9550 | found in BCP 78 and BCP 79. | |
9551 | ||
9552 | Copies of IPR disclosures made to the IETF Secretariat and any | |
9553 | assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an | |
9554 | attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of | |
9555 | such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this | |
9556 | specification can be obtained from the IETF on-line IPR repository at | |
9557 | http://www.ietf.org/ipr. | |
9558 | ||
9559 | The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any | |
9560 | copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary | |
9561 | rights that may cover technology that may be required to implement | |
9562 | this standard. Please address the information to the IETF at ietf- | |
9563 | ipr@ietf.org. | |
9564 | ||
9565 | Acknowledgement | |
9566 | ||
9567 | Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the | |
9568 | Internet Society. | |
9569 | ||
9570 | ||
9571 | ||
9572 | ||
9573 | ||
9574 | ||
9575 | ||
9576 | ||
9577 | ||
9578 | Bergman, et al. Standards Track [Page 171] | |
9579 | \f |